WO2023225959A1 - Processing method, communication device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Processing method, communication device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023225959A1
WO2023225959A1 PCT/CN2022/095340 CN2022095340W WO2023225959A1 WO 2023225959 A1 WO2023225959 A1 WO 2023225959A1 CN 2022095340 W CN2022095340 W CN 2022095340W WO 2023225959 A1 WO2023225959 A1 WO 2023225959A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bandwidth
bwp
offset value
bandwidth part
frequency domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/095340
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王沙
Original Assignee
深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/095340 priority Critical patent/WO2023225959A1/en
Publication of WO2023225959A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023225959A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a processing method, communication equipment and storage medium.
  • the maximum bandwidth set is 5MHz, that is, the maximum bandwidth of the business channel is 5MHz.
  • 20MHz bandwidth is used for the synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel block (Synchronization Signal and PBCh block, SSB) and the control resource set (CORESET), while the maximum service channel
  • the bandwidth is 5MHz, how to determine the bandwidth occupied by the service channel so as to schedule or transmit the service channel is an urgent technical problem that needs to be solved.
  • this application provides a processing method, communication equipment and storage medium to realize the scheduling or transmission of business channels.
  • this application provides a processing method that can be applied to terminal devices (such as mobile phones), including:
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
  • the first message is a main system information block and/or system message
  • the system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks.
  • determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size includes:
  • the target bandwidth part is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the preset bandwidth size.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first message includes an index
  • the method further includes:
  • the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  • the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size, in the reference Determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or reference signal on the bandwidth portion, including:
  • the indication information determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size).
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • this application provides a processing method that can be applied to terminal devices (such as mobile phones), including:
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size are determined based on the first message.
  • the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
  • the system message includes a radio resource control message and/or a system information block.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following:
  • the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the indication information are provided.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position, the third frequency domain starting position is: starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block, the position after the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value;
  • the first message includes an index
  • the method further includes:
  • the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  • the target bandwidth part occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal, include:
  • the target bandwidth portion is determined over a second bandwidth portion.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the bandwidth size; the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is , at least one of bandwidth size and indication information, determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion, including:
  • the indication information determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the bandwidth size).
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • this application provides a processing method that can be applied to network equipment (such as base stations), including:
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
  • the system message includes a radio resource control message and/or a system information block.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
  • the size of the reference bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first message also includes an index, and the index and the subcarrier interval between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part are used to indicate the first frequency offset value and/or the third frequency offset value. 2. Frequency offset value.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; wherein:
  • the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the k-th candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size), and the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N.
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • this application provides a processing device, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the business channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • this application provides a processing device, including:
  • Determining module configured to determine the occupied area of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. part of the target bandwidth;
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • this application provides a processing device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • this application provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor;
  • the memory is used to store program instructions
  • the processor is configured to call program instructions in the memory to execute the processing method described in any one of the first to third aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, with a computer program stored on the storage medium; when the computer program is executed, the processing as described in any one of the first to third aspects is implemented. method.
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or reference signal according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size.
  • the portion of the target bandwidth occupied to achieve scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
  • the location of the service channel and/or the reference signal can be determined based on the first message and the preset bandwidth size.
  • the occupied target bandwidth portion implements the scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a communication network system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the system bandwidth and reference BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram 7 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram 8 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is the second signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram three of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used herein to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from each other.
  • first information may also be called second information, and similarly, the second information may also be called first information.
  • word “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “when” or “when” or “in response to determining.”
  • singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context indicates otherwise.
  • A, B, C means “any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C"; another example is, “ A, B or C” or "A, B and/or C” means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C". Exceptions to this definition occur only when the combination of elements, functions, steps, or operations is inherently mutually exclusive in some manner.
  • each step in the flow chart in the embodiment of the present application is displayed in sequence as indicated by the arrows, these steps are not necessarily executed in the order indicated by the arrows. Unless explicitly stated in this article, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited in order, and they can be executed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the figure may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages. These sub-steps or stages are not necessarily executed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and their execution order is not necessarily sequential. may be performed in turn or alternately with other steps or sub-steps of other steps or at least part of stages.
  • the words “if” or “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “when” or “when” or “in response to determination” or “in response to detection.”
  • the phrase “if determined” or “if (stated condition or event) is detected” may be interpreted as “when determined” or “in response to determining” or “when (stated condition or event) is detected )” or “in response to detecting (a stated condition or event)”.
  • step codes such as S31 and S32 are used for the purpose of describing the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and do not constitute a substantial restriction on the sequence. Those skilled in the art may S32 will be executed first and then S31, etc., but these should be within the protection scope of this application.
  • the communication device in this application may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a base station).
  • a terminal device such as a mobile phone
  • a network device such as a base station
  • the terminal device may be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal may be implemented in various forms.
  • the mobile terminal described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • a mobile terminal will be taken as an example.
  • the structure according to the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to fixed-type terminals.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency, radio frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, and a /V (audio/video) input unit 104, sensor 105, display unit 106, user input unit 107, interface unit 108, memory 109, processor 110, and power supply 111 and other components.
  • RF Radio Frequency, radio frequency
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can be used to receive and send information or signals during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 110; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the above wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service, General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 , Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division) Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Frequency Division Duplex Long Term Evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution) and 5G, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access 2000
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code
  • WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology.
  • the mobile terminal can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, access streaming media, etc. through the WiFi module 102. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 1 shows the WiFi module 102, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile terminal and can be omitted as needed without changing the essence of the invention.
  • the audio output unit 103 may, when the mobile terminal 100 is in a call signal receiving mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast receiving mode, etc., receive the audio signal received by the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or store it in the memory 109 The audio data is converted into audio signals and output as sound. Furthermore, the audio output unit 103 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the mobile terminal 100 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, or the like.
  • the A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042.
  • the graphics processor 1041 can process still pictures or images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Video image data is processed.
  • the processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 106.
  • the image frames processed by the graphics processor 1041 may be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage media) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or WiFi module 102.
  • the microphone 1042 can receive sounds (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in operating modes such as a phone call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, and the like, and can process such sounds into audio data.
  • the processed audio (voice) data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 for output in a phone call mode.
  • Microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to eliminate (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and transmitting audio signals.
  • the mobile terminal 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the proximity sensor can turn off the display when the mobile terminal 100 moves to the ear. Panel 1061 and/or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes). It can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary.
  • It can be used to identify applications of mobile phone posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for the mobile phone, it can also be configured with fingerprint sensor, pressure sensor, iris sensor, molecular sensor, gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, Other sensors such as thermometers and infrared sensors will not be described in detail here.
  • the display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • the user input unit 107 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal.
  • the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072.
  • the touch panel 1071 also known as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near the touch panel 1071 (for example, the user uses a finger, stylus, or any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 1071 operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program.
  • the touch panel 1071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact point coordinates , and then sent to the processor 110, and can receive the commands sent by the processor 110 and execute them.
  • the touch panel 1071 can be implemented using various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 107 may also include other input devices 1072.
  • other input devices 1072 may include but are not limited to one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, etc., which are not specifically discussed here. limited.
  • the touch panel 1071 can cover the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event.
  • the type provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated. The implementation of the input and output functions of the mobile terminal is not limited here.
  • the interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected to the mobile terminal 100 .
  • external devices may include a wired or wireless headphone port, an external power (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc.
  • the interface unit 108 may be used to receive input (eg, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the mobile terminal 100 or may be used to connect between the mobile terminal 100 and an external device. Transfer data between devices.
  • Memory 109 may be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 109 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.;
  • the storage data area may Store data created based on the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc.
  • memory 109 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
  • the processor 110 is the control center of the mobile terminal, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile terminal, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calling data stored in the memory 109 , execute various functions of the mobile terminal and process data, thereby overall monitoring the mobile terminal.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor.
  • the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and modulation
  • the demodulation processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110 .
  • the mobile terminal 100 may also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • a power supply 111 such as a battery
  • the power supply 111 may be logically connected to the processor 110 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. and other functions.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may also include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 2 is an architecture diagram of a communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication network system is an LTE system of universal mobile communication technology.
  • the LTE system includes UEs (User Equipment, User Equipment) connected in sequence. )201, E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network) 203 and the operator's IP business 204.
  • UEs User Equipment, User Equipment
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network
  • UE 201 may be the above-mentioned terminal 100, which will not be described again here.
  • E-UTRAN202 includes eNodeB2021 and other eNodeB2022, etc.
  • eNodeB2021 can be connected to other eNodeB2022 through backhaul (for example, X2 interface), eNodeB2021 is connected to EPC203, and eNodeB2021 can provide access from UE201 to EPC203.
  • backhaul for example, X2 interface
  • EPC 203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server, home user server) 2032, other MME 2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way, service gateway) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way, packet data Network Gateway) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function, policy and charging functional entity) 2036, etc.
  • MME2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE201 and EPC203, and provides bearer and connection management.
  • HSS2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as the home location register (not shown in the figure), and to save some user-specific information about service characteristics, data rates, etc. All user data can be sent through SGW2034.
  • PGW2035 can provide IP address allocation and other functions for UE 201.
  • PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point for business data flows and IP bearer resources. It is the policy and charging execution function. The unit (not shown) selects and provides available policy and charging control decisions.
  • IP services 204 may include the Internet, Intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • FIG 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the method may include:
  • the network device sends the first message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be an ordinary device or a light-capable device.
  • the light-capable device may include, for example, household appliances such as refrigerators, televisions, and air conditioners.
  • wearable devices such as smart watches and sports bracelets.
  • smart industrial equipment such as smart grids and smart meters, as well as low-power/low-complexity/low-cost/low-performance smartphones and some feature phones.
  • Common devices include, for example, smartphones, smart cars, etc.
  • the difference between light-capability devices and ordinary devices is not limited to the difference in device type.
  • ordinary devices in a low-power or low-performance state can also be used as light-capability devices.
  • the difference mainly lies in the current bandwidth and data rate of the device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of this application is a light-capability device.
  • a light-capability device if its wireless radio frequency bandwidth is maximum 20MHz and the bandwidth occupied by SSB and CORESET#0 is 20MHz, but in its business channel If one or more target bandwidth parts (BandWidth Part, BWP) are less than or equal to 20MHz, it is necessary to determine the position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel in the reference BWP occupied by SBB and CORESET#0.
  • BWP BandWidth Part
  • the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device schedules the service channel based on the first message.
  • the terminal device determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size.
  • the size of the target BWP is fixed, that is, the preset bandwidth size.
  • the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, 5 MHz, or may be any bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
  • the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz.
  • the size of the reference BWP can be 20MHz.
  • the service channel includes at least any one of a physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the reference signal includes a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for PDSCH, a DMRS for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), and a Channel State Information Reference Signal (Channel State Information- Reference Signal, CSI_RS), Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS), Channel Sounding Reference Signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS).
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • CSI_RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • PTRS Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the reference BWP is a bandwidth portion of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier in at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the system bandwidth and reference BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the system bandwidth is a total large bandwidth, including 22 RBs, namely RB0 to RB21.
  • the bandwidth part corresponding to at least one carrier is configured on the system bandwidth.
  • 4 carriers are configured on the system bandwidth, namely carrier 1, carrier 2, carrier 3 and carrier 4.
  • Each carrier is indicated by the arrow in Figure 4.
  • the bandwidth part of the carrier can be in an activated state or in an inactive state.
  • the activated bandwidth part can be used for reference signal transmission, data transmission, etc.
  • at least one carrier of the system bandwidth has a bandwidth part that is in an inactive state, and one or more carriers may have a bandwidth part that is activated.
  • carrier 1 and carrier 3 are in the activated state
  • carrier 2 and carrier 4 are in the inactive state.
  • the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is the bandwidth part of one of at least one carrier on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is in an active state.
  • the reference BWP is the bandwidth portion of carrier 3. That is, the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is related to the carriers on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is the bandwidth part of one of the active carriers among at least one carrier on the system bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message. According to the frequency domain starting position and /Or preset the bandwidth size to determine the target BWP on the BWP.
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or reference signal according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size.
  • the occupied target BWP enables scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
  • the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message and the preset bandwidth size, realizing the realization of the service channel and/or or the scheduling or transmission of reference signals.
  • a solution is introduced in which the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal can be determined through the first message and the preset bandwidth size, thereby realizing the scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal.
  • the first message and the solution of how to determine the target BWP based on the first message will be introduced in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
  • the first message includes a master system information block (Master Information Block, MIB) and/or a system message.
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • the first frequency offset value between the SSB and CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value between CORESET#0 and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel may be determined through the MIB. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is determined according to the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • CORESET#0 is the reference BWP.
  • a new solution is provided to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel through the existing field index in the MIB.
  • the existing field index in the MIB is PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method to determine the first field index based on the existing field index in the MIB.
  • the scheme of the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value please refer to Table 1 to Table 4 below for details.
  • Table 1 illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
  • Table 2 illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
  • Table 3 illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
  • Table 4 illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
  • Table 4 above is just an example of how to determine the offset.
  • the specific value can be determined according to the actual application scenario, such as the specific pre-stored bandwidth size of the terminal device, the number of terminal devices, etc.
  • the row index from the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB, and then determine the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency according to the row index and the subcarrier spacing of the SSB and the reference BWP offset value.
  • the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP
  • the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the preset corresponding relationships can be found in Table 1 to Table 4 above for examples. After the index is determined according to the MIB, it can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP which table in Table 1 to Table 4 indicates the preset corresponding relationship, so that the first frequency offset value can be further determined. and a second frequency offset value.
  • the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is CORESET#0.
  • the reference BWP can be determined based on the first frequency offset value.
  • the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel. Therefore, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP according to the second frequency offset value. That is, at this time, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is the third frequency domain starting position, and the third frequency domain starting position is starting from the frequency domain starting position of the SSB, passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the subcarrier spacing of SSB and CORESET#0 is ⁇ 30,15 ⁇ KHz
  • the default corresponding relationship is indicated by the above Table 1.
  • the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB has a value of 0, that is, the row index is 0.
  • the first frequency offset value is 2 resource blocks (Resource Block, RB)
  • the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs.
  • the frequency domain position occupied by CORESET#0 is the frequency domain position occupied by the reference BWP. Therefore, according to Table 1 above, when the index is 0, the bandwidth occupied by the reference BWP includes 48 RBs.
  • the preset correspondence in the examples of Tables 1 to 4 may not include the correspondence between the index and the second frequency offset value, that is, the fifth column may not be included in Tables 1 to 4. That is, in addition to determining the second frequency offset value offset2 through the index in the MIB, it can also be the second preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or it can be configured for the network device through the downlink control information (DCI).
  • the second frequency offset value offset2 or is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel state.
  • the terminal device can select the second frequency offset value to ensure that the target BWP is close to the reference If the channel status is poor at the center or edge position of the BWP, the terminal device can select a second frequency offset value to make the target BWP close to the center position of the reference BWP.
  • the channel status may be determined based on RSRP or RSRQ.
  • the second frequency offset value offset2 may be a second preset value.
  • the second preset value may be a fixed value agreed between the network device and the terminal device, or may be a value determined from the channel state of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
  • the second frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI.
  • a 2-bit field may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2.
  • the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset2 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation.
  • a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2.
  • the corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be based on Requires setting.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. This process will be introduced below with reference to Figure 5.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the left side is the bandwidth occupied by SSB. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by SSB is assumed to be known, that is, in Figure 5 At L1.
  • the first frequency offset value offset1 is the frequency offset between SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, therefore, according to the first frequency offset value offset1 and SSB
  • the frequency domain starting position of the occupied bandwidth can be obtained by the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, which is L0 in Figure 5.
  • the size of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 48 RBs
  • the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is L0 in Figure 5. Therefore, according to the location of CORESET#0
  • the size of the occupied reference BWP and the corresponding starting position in the frequency domain can determine the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 (from L0 to L4 in Figure 5), that is, RB0-RB47 in Figure 5, a total of 48 RBs.
  • Figure 5 illustrates the scenario of using CORESET#0 as the reference BWP in initial access. It is necessary to determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the reference BWP determined by CORESET#0.
  • CORESET#0 which is the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP, is determined based on the first frequency offset value and the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the SSB, and then based on the second frequency offset value offset2 and the reference BWP
  • the starting position of the frequency domain can determine the starting position of the frequency domain of the service channel.
  • the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. Therefore, according to the second frequency offset value offset2, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is as shown in Figure 5 At L2, the second frequency offset value offset2 between the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP is 10 RBs.
  • the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is the preset bandwidth size
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP, that is, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is the bandwidth corresponding to the preset bandwidth size starting from the corresponding third frequency domain starting position.
  • a new mapping table (i.e., Table 1 to Table 4) is provided through the existing field index in the MIB, which can be implemented without changing the size and meaning of the signaling fields in the MIB.
  • the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0 can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB, thereby determining the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 and the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0. That is, the target BWP occupied by the business channel of ordinary equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application adds a column to the original mapping table to reflect the relationship between the index and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first frequency offset value, the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB.
  • the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 that is, the reference bandwidth part in the initial access, can be determined according to the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel of the light-capable device can be determined based on the starting position of the reference bandwidth part and the second frequency offset value, and at the same time, the reference BWP determined in CORESET#0 is combined with the preset bandwidth size of the target bandwidth part. Determine the location of the target BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined based on the index in the MIB, and then based on the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, in Refer to the BWP solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel.
  • the first message may also include system messages. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel based on the system messages.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP.
  • At least one item, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel can be determined according to at least one of the above items.
  • the system message includes a Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message and/or a System Information Block (System Information Block, SIB). That is, the RRC message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. item, and/or the SIB includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP at least one of.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the reference BWP is a first BWP or a second BWP.
  • the first BWP is a BWP in the same time slot as the initial BWP
  • the second BWP is a BWP with a time slot offset from the initial BWP.
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size
  • the size of the second BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target occupied by the service channel on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the preset bandwidth size. BWP.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target occupied by the service channel on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the preset bandwidth size. BWP.
  • the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the terminal device can use the first starting resource according to At least one of the block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value and the third frequency offset value determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 may be a third preset value.
  • the third preset value may be a fixed value agreed between a network device and a terminal device, or may be a value based on the channel status of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
  • the third frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI.
  • a 2-bit field may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset3 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation.
  • a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the third frequency offset value offset3 may also be based on Requires setting.
  • the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is the common resource grid.
  • the reference point starts passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the position after the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on.
  • the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the first BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the traffic channel may be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value. Frequency domain starting position. Then, based on the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the first BWP.
  • Figure 6 is a second schematic diagram of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the terminal device After receiving the system message, the terminal device The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP can be determined based on the position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 6), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value
  • the position after RB start is L2 in Figure 6, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position, and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value.
  • the first BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in Figure 6 .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is L3 in Figure 6, and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 6, the target BWP BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L3 to L4, and its bandwidth is 5MHz.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap, the terminal device can be based on the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap determines the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP.
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on. According to the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined.
  • the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network.
  • the common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
  • the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is a preset bandwidth size, and the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, 5 MHz or a bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
  • the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the second starting resource block position. and the preset bandwidth size, determine the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP and the target BWP is located at the reference BWP.
  • FIG 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap,
  • the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 7), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value
  • the position after RB start that is, L2 in Figure 7, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start instruction. Since the size of the first BWP is known, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined based on the size of the first BWP, that is, L2 in Figure 7 to the corresponding frequency band at L6.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The second frequency domain starting position is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 7 At L4.
  • the offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 7.
  • the target BWP occupied by the channel is the frequency band corresponding to L4 to L5 in Figure 7, and its size may be, for example, 5 MHz.
  • the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced.
  • the following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP when the BWP is the second BWP.
  • the second BWP is a separate BWP#
  • the switching time, that is, K0 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K0 is the delay parameter.
  • the second BWP is a separate BWP#
  • the switching time, that is, K2 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K2 is the delay parameter.
  • the time domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the delay parameter, and the frequency domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the system message.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP.
  • the terminal device can determine the first starting resource block position O carrier according to the first starting resource block position O carrier , at least one of the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the frequency domain starting position of the service channel position, the size of the second BWP is the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic diagram of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 8
  • the time domain position of the second BWP is the time domain position determined according to the delay parameter, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 The shift is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the delay parameter is K0, and K0 is the delay between PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the delay parameter is K2
  • K2 is the delay between PUSCH and PDCCH.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP configured in the system message.
  • the second BWP is also the target BWP.
  • the delay parameter there is a delay between the traffic channel and the PDCCH.
  • the traffic channel and the PDCCH can overlap in the frequency domain, or they can be located in different frequency domain positions.
  • the preset bandwidth size is 5 MHz
  • the size of the second BWP is also 5 MHz.
  • the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel, that is, the corresponding bandwidth from L2 to L3 in Figure 8.
  • the second BWP is the reference BWP
  • the size of the reference BWP is the preset bandwidth size, that is, the size of the reference BWP is equal to the size of the target BWP.
  • the reference BWP is the target BWP. That is, in the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is both the reference BWP and the target BWP.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP, and the terminal device can according to The first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message.
  • the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the second BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP can be determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. bandwidth, and then determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the third frequency offset value. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, the bandwidth target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the second BWP.
  • FIG 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the reference BWP.
  • the terminal device After receiving the system message, the terminal device The first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 9
  • the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier
  • the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the starting position of the frequency domain of the second BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value is the position L3 in Figure 9.
  • the frequency band corresponding to the second BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in FIG. 9 , and its size may be, for example, 20 MHz.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 9, as Corresponding frequency bands from L3 to L4.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one of redcap and the size of the reference BWP, the terminal device can select the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item of , determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message. According to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located can be determined.
  • the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the third The second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
  • the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is a preset bandwidth size, and the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, a value less than or equal to 5 MHz.
  • the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value and the preset bandwidth size, and determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap and Referring to at least one of the BWP sizes, after receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 10
  • the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier
  • the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the size of the second BWP indicated by the system message may be, for example, 20 MHz
  • the bandwidth in which the second BWP is located may be determined based on the size of the second BWP.
  • the bandwidth where the second BWP is located is the corresponding frequency band from L2 to L6.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 10 at L4.
  • the offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 10, as
  • the corresponding frequency band from L4 to L5 can be 5MHz in size.
  • the first message includes indication information.
  • the reference BWP includes N candidate BWPs.
  • the size of each candidate BWP is a preset bandwidth size. According to the indication information, it can be determined among the N candidate BWPs.
  • the size of and the size of the target BWP are both represented by the number of RBs.
  • the starting position of the first BWP among the N candidate BWPs on the reference BWP is the L+1th RB. The value of L depends on the size of the protection bandwidth.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size S of the reference bandwidth in the formula needs to be consistent with the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size M of the target BWP, and is based on the subcarrier spacing of the target BWP. For example, if the size S of the reference BWP is 20MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, and the size M of the target BWP is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 30KHz, then the value of the reference BWP S in the formula is 51RB, not 106RB.
  • the first message is a SIB1 or RRC message.
  • the M RBs included in the candidate BWP can be adjacent or set at intervals. This implementation will be introduced below with reference to Figures 11 and 12.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message.
  • the reference BWP and the target BWP are The subcarrier spacing is 15KHz
  • the 4 candidate BWPs are shown in the shaded part in Figure 11 .
  • the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 11.
  • each candidate BWP M RBs included in each candidate BWP are adjacent.
  • the frequency domain position of the k-th candidate BWP is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th RB to the L+k*Mth RB in the reference BWP, and the value of k is 1, 2.. ..,N.
  • the included RBs are the L+1th RB to the L+25th RB in the reference bandwidth.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram 7 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message to determine the relationship between the reference BWP and the target BWP.
  • the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz
  • the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 12.
  • the M RBs included in each candidate BWP are not adjacent, but are arranged at intervals.
  • the RB included in the k-th candidate BWP is the L+k+N*i-th RB in the reference BWP.
  • i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1, and M is a positive integer. .
  • the target BWP frequency domain range is the L+1th RB, L+5th RB, .L+96th RB, and L+97th RB in the reference BWP.
  • Figure 11 and Figure 12 take the protection RBs scattered on both sides of the reference BWP as an example.
  • the protection RBs can also be concentrated at the frequency domain edge of the reference BWP, such as the upper edge or the lower edge of the frequency domain.
  • the protection RBs It can also be concentrated or partially distributed in the middle of the reference BWP or at any position in the reference BWP.
  • the position of the protection RB is different, and the value of L in the above example is different.
  • L is the number of RBs included between the lower edge of the reference BWP and the first candidate BWP.
  • the candidate BWPs can also be in the form of partial distribution of candidate BWPs, which can be understood with reference to Figure 13, for example.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram eight for determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz.
  • the 25 RBs are grouped. , every 5 consecutive RBs form a group of 25 RBs, and there are 25 RBs in a total of 5 consecutive 5RB groups.
  • the candidate BWP includes 25 RBs. These 25 RBs are divided into 5 parts. Each part includes 5 RBs. The 5 RBs in each part are consecutive. These 5 parts in the selected BWP are set up dispersedly.
  • Figure 14 is a signaling diagram 2 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method may include:
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the first message is used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be an ordinary device or a light-capable device.
  • the light-capable device may include, for example, household appliances such as refrigerators, televisions, and air conditioners.
  • wearable devices such as smart watches and sports bracelets.
  • smart industrial equipment such as smart grids and smart meters, as well as low-power/low-complexity/low-cost/low-performance smartphones and some feature phones.
  • Common devices include, for example, smartphones, smart cars, etc.
  • the difference between light-capability devices and ordinary devices is not limited to the difference in device type.
  • ordinary devices in a low-power or low-performance state can also be used as light-capability devices.
  • the difference mainly lies in the current bandwidth and data rate of the device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of this application is a light-capability device.
  • a light-capability device if its wireless radio frequency bandwidth is maximum 20MHz and the bandwidth occupied by SSB and CORESET#0 is 20MHz, but in its business channel If one or more target BWPs are less than or equal to 20MHz, you need to determine the position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel in the reference BWP occupied by SBB and CORESET#0.
  • the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device schedules the service channel based on the first message.
  • the terminal device determines the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP based on at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or reference signal.
  • the size of the target BWP is fixed, for example, it can be 5 MHz, or it can be any bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
  • the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz.
  • the size of the reference BWP can be 20MHz.
  • the traffic channel includes at least any one of PUSCH and PDSCH.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of DMRS for PDSCH, DMRS for PDCCH, CSI_RS, PTRS, and SRS.
  • the reference BWP is a bandwidth portion of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier in at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • system bandwidth is a total large bandwidth, including 22 RBs, namely RB0 to RB21.
  • the bandwidth part corresponding to at least one carrier is configured on the system bandwidth.
  • 4 carriers are configured on the system bandwidth, namely carrier 1, carrier 2, carrier 3 and carrier 4.
  • Each carrier is indicated by the arrow in Figure 4.
  • the bandwidth part of the carrier can be in an activated state or in an inactive state.
  • the activated bandwidth part can be used for reference signal transmission, data transmission, etc.
  • at least one carrier of the system bandwidth has a bandwidth part that is in an inactive state, and one or more carriers may have a bandwidth part that is activated.
  • carrier 1 and carrier 3 are in the activated state
  • carrier 2 and carrier 4 are in the inactive state.
  • the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is the bandwidth part of one of at least one carrier on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is in an active state.
  • the reference BWP is the bandwidth portion of carrier 3. That is, the reference BWP in the embodiment of the present application is related to the carriers on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is the bandwidth part of one of the active carriers among at least one carrier on the system bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP on the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message, and the target BWP can be determined on the reference BWP based on the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size.
  • a solution is introduced in which the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal can be determined based on the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the traffic channel, thereby realizing scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or reference signal.
  • the first message and the solution of how to determine the bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal based on the first message will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
  • the first message includes MIB and/or system message.
  • the first frequency offset value between the SSB and CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value between CORESET#0 and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel may be determined through the MIB. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • CORESET#0 is the reference BWP.
  • a new solution is provided to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel through the existing field index in the MIB.
  • the existing field index in the MIB is PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method to determine the first field index based on the existing field index in the MIB.
  • the scheme of the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value please refer to Table 1 to Table 4 for details.
  • the table is just an example of how to determine the offset.
  • the specific value can be determined according to the actual application scenario, such as the specific pre-stored bandwidth size of the terminal device, the number of terminal devices, etc.
  • the row index from the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB, and then determine the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency according to the row index and the subcarrier spacing of the SSB and the reference BWP offset value.
  • the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP
  • the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the preset corresponding relationships can be found in Table 1 to Table 4 above for examples. After the index is determined according to the MIB, it can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP which table in Table 1 to Table 4 indicates the preset corresponding relationship, so that the first frequency offset value can be further determined. and a second frequency offset value.
  • the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is CORESET#0.
  • the reference BWP can be determined based on the first frequency offset value.
  • the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel. Therefore, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP according to the second frequency offset value. That is, at this time, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is the third frequency domain starting position, and the third frequency domain starting position is starting from the frequency domain starting position of the SSB, passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the preset correspondence in the examples of Tables 1 to 4 may not include the correspondence between the index and the second frequency offset value, that is, the fifth column may not be included in Tables 1 to 4. That is, in addition to being determined by the index in the MIB, the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be the second preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or the second frequency offset value offset2 configured by the network device through DCI. Or it is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel status.
  • the terminal device can select the second frequency offset value to ensure that the target BWP is close to the reference If the channel status is poor at the center or edge position of the BWP, the terminal device can select a second frequency offset value to make the target BWP close to the center position of the reference BWP.
  • the channel status may be determined based on RSRP or RSRQ.
  • the second frequency offset value offset2 may be a second preset value.
  • the second preset value may be a fixed value agreed between the network device and the terminal device, or may be a value determined from the channel state of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
  • the second frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI.
  • a new 2-bit field can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2.
  • the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset2 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation.
  • a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2.
  • the corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be based on Requires setting.
  • the first frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is determined according to the index, and the second frequency between the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 and the starting position of the frequency domain between the traffic channel After the offset value is determined, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. This process will be introduced below with reference to Figure 5 .
  • the left side is the bandwidth occupied by SSB.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by SSB is assumed to be known, that is, L1 in Figure 5.
  • the first frequency offset value offset1 is the frequency offset between SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, therefore, according to the first frequency offset value offset1 and SSB
  • the frequency domain starting position of the occupied bandwidth can be obtained by the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, which is L0 in Figure 5.
  • the size of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 48 RBs
  • the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is L0 in Figure 5. Therefore, according to the location of CORESET#0
  • the size of the occupied reference BWP and the corresponding starting position in the frequency domain can determine the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 (from L0 to L4 in Figure 5), that is, RB0-RB47 in Figure 5, a total of 48 RBs.
  • Figure 5 illustrates the scenario of using CORESET#0 as the reference BWP in initial access.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel needs to be determined on the reference BWP determined by CORESET#0.
  • CORESET#0 which is the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP, is determined based on the first frequency offset value and the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the SSB, and then based on the second frequency offset value offset2 and the reference BWP
  • the starting position of the frequency domain can determine the starting position of the frequency domain of the service channel.
  • the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. Therefore, according to the second frequency offset value offset2, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is as shown in Figure 5 At L2, the second frequency offset value offset2 between the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 10 RBs.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP based on the third frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size, that is, the service
  • the target BWP occupied by the channel is the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth size starting from the corresponding starting position of the third frequency domain.
  • the target BWP occupied by the business channel is from the 10th
  • the bandwidth between the beginning of the first RB and the 34th RB is represented by the shaded area in Figure 5 (from L2 to L3).
  • a new mapping table (i.e., Table 1 to Table 4) is provided through the existing field index in the MIB, which can be implemented without changing the size and meaning of the signaling fields in the MIB.
  • the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0 can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB, thereby determining the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 and the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0. That is, the target BWP occupied by the business channel of ordinary equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application adds a column to the original mapping table to reflect the relationship between the index and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first frequency offset value, the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB.
  • the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 that is, the reference BWP in initial access, can be determined according to the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel of the light-capable device can be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP and the second frequency offset value.
  • the reference BWP determined in CORESET#0 is combined with the preset bandwidth size of the target BWP. Determine the location of the target BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined according to the index in the MIB, and then determined on the reference BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the bandwidth size of the target BWP.
  • the first message may also include system messages. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel based on the system messages.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP.
  • At least one item, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel can be determined according to at least one of the above items.
  • the system messages include RRC messages and/or SIBs. That is, the RRC message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. item, and/or the SIB includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP at least one of.
  • the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the reference BWP is a first BWP or a second BWP.
  • the first BWP is a BWP in the same time slot as the initial BWP
  • the second BWP is a BWP with a time slot offset from the initial BWP.
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is greater than or equal to the bandwidth size.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the service channel.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the service channel.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the terminal device can use the first starting resource according to At least one of the block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value and the third frequency offset value determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is the common resource grid.
  • the reference point starts passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the position after the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the bandwidth size of the target BWP.
  • the bandwidth size of the target BWP is 5 MHz
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5 MHz, such as 10 MHz, 20 MHz, and so on.
  • the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the first BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the traffic channel may be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value. Frequency domain starting position. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the traffic channel, the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is determined on the first BWP.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3.
  • the terminal device After receiving the system message, the terminal device The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP can be determined based on the position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 6), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value
  • the position after RB start is L2 in Figure 6, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position, and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value.
  • the first BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in Figure 6 .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is L3 in Figure 6, and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel. As shown in the shaded part in Figure 6, the target BWP is The bandwidth of the corresponding frequency band from L3 to L4 is 5MHz.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap, the terminal device can be based on the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap determines the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP.
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
  • the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz
  • the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on. According to the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined.
  • the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network.
  • the common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
  • the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel may be, for example, 5 MHz or a bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
  • the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the second starting resource block position. and bandwidth size, determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP, and the target BWP is located at the reference BWP.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap,
  • the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 7), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value
  • the position after RB start that is, L2 in Figure 7, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start instruction. Since the size of the first BWP is known, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined based on the size of the first BWP, that is, L2 in Figure 7 to the corresponding frequency band at L6.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined.
  • the starting position is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, L4 in Figure 7.
  • the offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 7.
  • the occupied target BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L4 to L5 in Figure 7, and its size may be, for example, 5 MHz.
  • the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced.
  • the following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP when the BWP is the second BWP.
  • the second BWP is a separate BWP#
  • the switching time, that is, K0 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K0 is the delay parameter.
  • the second BWP is a separate BWP#
  • the switching time, that is, K2 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K2 is the delay parameter.
  • the time domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the delay parameter, and the frequency domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the system message.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP.
  • the terminal device can determine the first starting resource block position O carrier according to the first starting resource block position O carrier , at least one of the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel , the size of the second BWP is the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 8
  • the time domain position of the second BWP is the time domain position determined according to the delay parameter, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 The shift is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the delay parameter is K0, and K0 is the delay between PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the delay parameter is K2
  • K2 is the delay between PUSCH and PDCCH.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP configured in the system message.
  • the second BWP is also the target BWP.
  • the delay parameter there is a delay between the traffic channel and the PDCCH.
  • the traffic channel and the PDCCH can overlap in the frequency domain, or they can be located in different frequency domain positions.
  • the target BWP bandwidth size is 5 MHz
  • the size of the second BWP is also 5 MHz.
  • the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel, that is, the corresponding bandwidth from L2 to L3 in Figure 8.
  • the second BWP is the reference BWP
  • the size of the reference BWP is the preset bandwidth size, that is, the size of the reference BWP is equal to the size of the target BWP.
  • the reference BWP is the target BWP. That is, in the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is both the reference BWP and the target BWP.
  • the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP, and the terminal device can according to The first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message.
  • the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the second BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP can be determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. bandwidth, and then determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the third frequency offset value. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the second BWP.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the reference BWP.
  • the terminal device After receiving the system message, the terminal device The first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 9
  • the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier
  • the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the starting position of the frequency domain of the second BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value is the position L3 in Figure 9.
  • the frequency band corresponding to the second BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in FIG. 9 , and its size may be, for example, 20 MHz.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 9, which is from L3 to the frequency band corresponding to L4.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one of redcap and the size of the reference BWP, the terminal device can select the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item of , determines the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel.
  • the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
  • the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message. According to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located can be determined.
  • the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network.
  • the common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
  • the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel may be, for example, a value less than or equal to 5 MHz.
  • the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value and bandwidth size, and determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP.
  • L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
  • the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap and Referring to at least one of the BWP sizes, after receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 10
  • the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier
  • the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
  • the size of the second BWP indicated by the system message may be, for example, 20 MHz
  • the bandwidth in which the second BWP is located may be determined based on the size of the second BWP.
  • the bandwidth where the second BWP is located is the corresponding frequency band from L2 to L6.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 10 at L4.
  • the offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
  • the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 10, which is from L4
  • the corresponding frequency band to L5 can be 5MHz in size.
  • the first message includes indication information.
  • the reference BWP includes N candidate BWPs.
  • the size of each candidate BWP is a preset bandwidth size. According to the indication information, it can be determined among the N candidate BWPs.
  • the size of and the size of the target BWP are both represented by the number of RBs.
  • the starting position of the first BWP among the N candidate BWPs on the reference BWP is the L+1th RB. The value of L depends on the size of the protection bandwidth.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size S of the reference bandwidth in the formula needs to be consistent with the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size M of the target BWP, and is based on the subcarrier spacing of the target BWP. For example, if the size S of the reference BWP is 20MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, and the size M of the target BWP is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 30KHz, then the value of the reference BWP S in the formula is 51RB, not 106RB.
  • the first message is a SIB1 or RRC message.
  • the M RBs included in the candidate BWP can be adjacent or set at intervals. This implementation will be introduced below with reference to Figures 11 and 12.
  • the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message.
  • the subcarrier spacing between the reference BWP and the target BWP is 15KHz
  • the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 11.
  • each candidate BWP M RBs included in each candidate BWP are adjacent.
  • the frequency domain position of the k-th candidate BWP is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th RB to the L+k*Mth RB in the reference BWP, and the value of k is 1, 2.. ..,N.
  • the included RBs are the L+1th RB to the L+25th RB in the reference bandwidth.
  • the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message.
  • the subcarrier spacing between the reference BWP and the target BWP is 15KHz
  • reference BWP L 3 RB protection RBs are reserved at both ends of , which is indicated by the shaded part in Figure 12 .
  • the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 12.
  • the M RBs included in each candidate BWP are not adjacent, but are arranged at intervals.
  • the RB included in the k-th candidate BWP is the L+k+N*i-th RB in the reference BWP.
  • i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1, and M is a positive integer. .
  • the target BWP frequency domain range is the L+1th RB, L+5th RB, .L+96th RB, and L+97th RB in the reference BWP.
  • Figure 11 and Figure 12 take the protection RBs scattered on both sides of the reference BWP as an example.
  • the protection RBs can also be concentrated at the frequency domain edge of the reference BWP, such as the upper edge or the lower edge of the frequency domain.
  • the protection RBs It can also be concentrated or partially distributed in the middle of the reference BWP or at any position in the reference BWP.
  • the position of the protection RB is different, and the value of L in the above example is different.
  • L is the number of RBs included between the lower edge of the reference BWP and the first candidate BWP.
  • the candidate BWPs can also be in the form of partial distribution of candidate BWPs, which can be understood with reference to Figure 13, for example.
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or the service channel on the reference BWP according to the first message and the bandwidth size.
  • the target BWP occupied by the reference signal thereby realizing the scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal.
  • the location of the service channel and/or reference signal can be determined based on the first message and the bandwidth size.
  • the occupied target BWP implements the scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the processing device 1500 includes:
  • Determining module 1501 configured to determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size;
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
  • the determination module 1501 is specifically used to:
  • the target bandwidth part is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the preset bandwidth size.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first message includes an index
  • the determining module 1501 is also used to:
  • the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  • the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; the determination module 1501 is specifically used to:
  • the indication information determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size).
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • the processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • FIG 16 is a second structural schematic diagram of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, the processing device 1600 includes;
  • Determining module 1601 configured to determine the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. The portion of the target bandwidth occupied;
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size are determined based on the first message; and/or the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following:
  • the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the indication information are provided.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first message includes an index
  • the determining module 1601 is also used to:
  • the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  • the determination module 1601 is specifically used to:
  • the first bandwidth part Determine the portion of the target bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel;
  • a target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel is determined on the second bandwidth portion.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the bandwidth size; the determination module 1601 is specifically used to:
  • the indication information determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the bandwidth size).
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • the processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • FIG 17 is a schematic structural diagram three of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the processing device 1700 includes:
  • Sending module 1701 configured to send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
  • the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
  • a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  • the first message is a main system information block and/or system message
  • the system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks;
  • the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, a third frequency offset value, the Refer to the bandwidth section for size and indication information.
  • the size of the bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size
  • the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
  • a first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
  • a second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
  • a third frequency domain starting position which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  • the first message also includes an index, and the index and the subcarrier interval between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part are used to indicate the first frequency offset value and/or the third frequency offset value. 2. Frequency offset value.
  • the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; wherein:
  • the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the k-th candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts
  • the N Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size), and the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N.
  • the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, including at least one of the following:
  • the target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
  • the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  • the processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 180 in this embodiment can be the terminal device (or a component that can be used for the terminal device) or a network device (or a component that can be used for the network device) mentioned in the previous method embodiment.
  • the communication device 180 may be used to implement the method corresponding to the terminal device or network device described in the above method embodiment. For details, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 180 may include one or more processors 181, which may also be called a processing unit, and may implement certain control or processing functions.
  • the processor 181 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control communication equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the processor 181 may also store instructions 183 or data (eg, intermediate data).
  • the instruction 183 may be executed by the processor 181, so that the communication device 180 performs the method corresponding to the terminal device or network device described in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 180 may include a circuit, which may implement the functions of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 180 may include one or more memories 182, on which instructions 184 may be stored, which instructions may be executed on the processor 181, so that the communication device 180 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 182 .
  • the processor 181 and the memory 182 can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • communication device 180 may also include a transceiver 185 and/or an antenna 186.
  • the processor 181 may be called a processing unit and controls the communication device 180 (terminal device or core network device or radio access network device).
  • the transceiver 185 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, etc., and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 180 .
  • the specific implementation process of the processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can be referred to the relevant descriptions of the above embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the specific implementation process of the processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can be referred to the relevant descriptions of the above embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the processor 181 and transceiver 185 described in this application can be implemented in IC (Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit), analog integrated circuit, RFIC (Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit, radio frequency integrated circuit), mixed signal integrated circuit, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, application specific integrated circuit), PCB (Printed Circuit Board, printed circuit board), electronic equipment, etc.
  • IC Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit
  • RFIC Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit, radio frequency integrated circuit
  • mixed signal integrated circuit aSIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, application specific integrated circuit)
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit, application specific integrated circuit
  • PCB Print Circuit Board, printed circuit board
  • electronic equipment etc.
  • the processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can also be manufactured using various integrated circuit process technologies, such as CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor), NMOS (N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor, N-type metal oxide semiconductor) ), PMOS (Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, P-type metal oxide semiconductor), BJT (Bipolar Junction Transistor, bipolar junction transistor), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs) wait.
  • CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor, N-type metal oxide semiconductor
  • PMOS Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, P-type metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor, bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device (such as a base station).
  • the terminal device may be implemented in various forms.
  • the terminal devices described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • the communication device is described by taking a terminal device or a network device as an example, the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to the above-mentioned terminal device or network device, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited to Limitations of Figure 18.
  • the communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a terminal device as in any of the above method embodiments; and a network device as in any of the above method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein a computer program is stored on the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device.
  • the network device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein a computer program is stored on the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program is stored on the storage medium.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods in the above various possible implementations.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, which includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the above various possible implementations. Methods.
  • the units in the equipment of the embodiments of this application can be merged, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in one of the above storage media (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, a controlled terminal, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method of each embodiment of the present application.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g.
  • Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, storage disks, tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a processing method, a communication device, and a storage medium, the method comprising: according to a first message and a preset bandwidth size, determining on a reference bandwidth part a target bandwidth part occupied by a service channel and/or a reference signal, the reference bandwidth part being the bandwidth part of a carrier on a system bandwidth, the system bandwidth comprising at least one carrier, and the bandwidth part of at least one carrier amongst the at least one carrier being in an inactive state. In respect of a scenario in which a reference bandwidth part is greater than or equal to a target bandwidth part occupied by a service channel, the solution of the embodiments of the present application can determine the target bandwidth part occupied by the service channel and/or a reference signal simply on the basis of a first message and a preset bandwidth size, thus realizing scheduling or transmission of the service channel.

Description

处理方法、通信设备及存储介质Processing method, communication equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种处理方法、通信设备及存储介质。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a processing method, communication equipment and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
目前,针对轻型设备而言,其设定的最大带宽是5MHz,即业务信道的最大带宽为5MHz。Currently, for light equipment, the maximum bandwidth set is 5MHz, that is, the maximum bandwidth of the business channel is 5MHz.
在构思及实现本申请过程中,发明人发现至少存在如下问题:针对同步信号和物理广播信道块(Synchronization Signal and PBCh block,SSB)和控制资源集(CORESET)采用20MHz带宽,而业务信道的最大带宽为5MHz的情形,如何确定业务信道所占用的带宽,从而进行业务信道的调度或传输是一个亟待解决的技术问题。During the process of conceiving and implementing this application, the inventor found that there are at least the following problems: 20MHz bandwidth is used for the synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel block (Synchronization Signal and PBCh block, SSB) and the control resource set (CORESET), while the maximum service channel When the bandwidth is 5MHz, how to determine the bandwidth occupied by the service channel so as to schedule or transmit the service channel is an urgent technical problem that needs to be solved.
前面的叙述在于提供一般的背景信息,并不一定构成现有技术。The preceding description is intended to provide general background information and does not necessarily constitute prior art.
发明内容Contents of the invention
针对上述技术问题,本申请提供一种处理方法、通信设备及存储介质,实现业务信道的调度或传输。In view of the above technical problems, this application provides a processing method, communication equipment and storage medium to realize the scheduling or transmission of business channels.
第一方面,本申请提供一种处理方法,可应用于终端设备(如手机),包括:In the first aspect, this application provides a processing method that can be applied to terminal devices (such as mobile phones), including:
根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息。Optionally, the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
可选地,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, include at least one of the following:
所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息;The first message is a main system information block and/or system message;
所述系统消息包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块。The system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks.
可选地,所述根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:Optionally, determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size includes:
根据所述第一消息确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置;Determine the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal according to the first message;
根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述预设带宽大小,在所述参考带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分。The target bandwidth part is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the first message includes an index, and the method further includes:
根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。Optionally, the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;所述根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size, in the reference Determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or reference signal on the bandwidth portion, including:
根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述预设带宽大小)。Optionally, the N=Floor (size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size).
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
第二方面,本申请提供一种处理方法,可应用于终端设备(如手机),包括:In the second aspect, this application provides a processing method that can be applied to terminal devices (such as mobile phones), including:
根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determine the target bandwidth part occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or reference signal;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小根据第一消息确定。Optionally, the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size are determined based on the first message.
可选地,所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息。Optionally, the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
可选地,所述系统消息包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块。Optionally, the system message includes a radio resource control message and/or a system information block.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first message includes at least one of the following:
第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、所述指示信息。The first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the indication information.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置;A third frequency domain starting position, the third frequency domain starting position is: starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block, the position after the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value;
可选地,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the first message includes an index, and the method further includes:
根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
可选地,所述根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置和/或带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:Optionally, the target bandwidth part occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal, include:
响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与物理下行控制信道的时域位置相同,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第一带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分;和/或,In response to the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal being the same as the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, on the first bandwidth part determining said target bandwidth portion; and/or,
响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与所述物理下行控制信道的时域位置之间存在时延,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第二带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分。In response to the existence of a delay between the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal and the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, The target bandwidth portion is determined over a second bandwidth portion.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述带宽大小;所述根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the bandwidth size; the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is , at least one of bandwidth size and indication information, determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion, including:
根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述带宽大小)。Optionally, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the bandwidth size).
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
第三方面,本申请提供一种处理方法,可应用于网路设备(如基站),包括:In the third aspect, this application provides a processing method that can be applied to network equipment (such as base stations), including:
发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示业务信道和/或参考信号在参考带宽部分上的频域起始位置;Send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息。Optionally, the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
可选地,所述系统消息中包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块。Optionally, the system message includes a radio resource control message and/or a system information block.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息。Optionally, the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分的大小大于或等于等于所述预设带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the reference bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。Optionally, the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
可选地,所述第一消息中还包括索引,所述索引以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔用于指示所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。Optionally, the first message also includes an index, and the index and the subcarrier interval between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part are used to indicate the first frequency offset value and/or the third frequency offset value. 2. Frequency offset value.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;其中:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; wherein:
所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;The indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the k-th candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述预设带宽大小),所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数。Optionally, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size), and the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N.
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
第四方面,本申请提供一种处理装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, this application provides a processing device, including:
确定模块,用于根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;A determining module, configured to determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the business channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
第五方面,本申请提供一种处理装置,包括:In a fifth aspect, this application provides a processing device, including:
确定模块,用于根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determining module, configured to determine the occupied area of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. part of the target bandwidth;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
第六方面,本申请提供一种处理装置,包括:In a sixth aspect, this application provides a processing device, including:
发送模块,用于发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示业务信道和/或参考信号在参考带宽部分上的频域起始位置;A sending module, configured to send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信设备,包括:存储器和处理器;In a seventh aspect, this application provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor;
所述存储器用于存储程序指令;The memory is used to store program instructions;
所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序指令以执行如第一方面至第三方面中任一项所述的处理方法。The processor is configured to call program instructions in the memory to execute the processing method described in any one of the first to third aspects.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序;所述计算机程序被执行时,实现如第一方面至第三方面中任一项所述的处理方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, with a computer program stored on the storage medium; when the computer program is executed, the processing as described in any one of the first to third aspects is implemented. method.
本申请实施例提供的处理方法,首先网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备在接收到第一消息后,根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,即可确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,从而实现业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。本申请实施例的方案,在参考带宽部分大于或等于业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分的场景,根据第一消息和预设带宽大小即可确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,实现了业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。In the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, first the network device sends a first message to the terminal device. After receiving the first message, the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or reference signal according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size. The portion of the target bandwidth occupied to achieve scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals. According to the solution of the embodiment of the present application, in a scenario where the reference bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the target bandwidth part occupied by the service channel and/or the reference signal, the location of the service channel and/or the reference signal can be determined based on the first message and the preset bandwidth size. The occupied target bandwidth portion implements the scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
附图说明Description of the drawings
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本申请的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理。为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,对于本领域普通技术人员而言,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the application and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the application. In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings needed to describe the embodiments. Obviously, for those of ordinary skill in the art, without exerting creative efforts, Other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的硬件结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图;Figure 2 is a communication network system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图一;Figure 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的系统带宽和参考BWP示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the system bandwidth and reference BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图一;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图二;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图三;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图四;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图四;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图五;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图六;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图七;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram 7 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图八;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram 8 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图二;Figure 14 is the second signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一;Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二;Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三;Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram three of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
本申请目的的实现、功能特点及优点将结合实施例,参照附图做进一步说明。通过上述附图,已示出本申请明确的实施例,后文中将有更详细的描述。这些附图和文字描述并不是为了通过任何方式限制本申请构思的范围,而是通过参考特定实施例为本领域技术人员说明本申请的概念。The realization of the purpose, functional features and advantages of the present application will be further described with reference to the embodiments and the accompanying drawings. Through the above-mentioned drawings, clear embodiments of the present application have been shown, which will be described in more detail below. These drawings and text descriptions are not intended to limit the scope of the present application's concepts in any way, but are intended to illustrate the application's concepts for those skilled in the art with reference to specific embodiments.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书 中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, the same numbers in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with this application. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatus and methods consistent with aspects of the application as detailed in the appended claims.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素,此外,本申请不同实施例中具有同样命名的部件、特征、要素可能具有相同含义,也可能具有不同含义,其具体含义需以其在该具体实施例中的解释或者进一步结合该具体实施例中上下文进行确定。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device including the element. In addition, the application may be implemented differently. Components, features, and elements with the same names in the examples may have the same meaning or may have different meanings. Their specific meanings need to be determined based on their interpretation in the specific embodiment or further combined with the context of the specific embodiment.
应当理解,尽管在本文可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本文范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语"如果"可以被解释成为"在……时"或"当……时"或"响应于确定"。再者,如同在本文中所使用的,单数形式“一”、“一个”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式,除非上下文中有相反的指示。应当进一步理解,术语“包含”、“包括”表明存在所述的特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组,但不排除一个或多个其他特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组的存在、出现或添加。本申请使用的术语“或”、“和/或”、“包括以下至少一个”等可被解释为包括性的,或意味着任一个或任何组合。例如,“包括以下至少一个:A、B、C”意味着“以下任一个:A;B;C;A和B;A和C;B和C;A和B和C”,再如,“A、B或C”或者“A、B和/或C”意味着“以下任一个:A;B;C;A和B;A和C;B和C;A和B和C”。仅当元件、功能、步骤或操作的组合在某些方式下内在地互相排斥时,才会出现该定义的例外。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used herein to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of this document, the first information may also be called second information, and similarly, the second information may also be called first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "when" or "when" or "in response to determining." Furthermore, as used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context indicates otherwise. It should be further understood that the terms "comprising" and "including" indicate the presence of stated features, steps, operations, elements, components, items, categories, and/or groups, but do not exclude one or more other features, steps, operations, The presence, occurrence, or addition of elements, components, items, categories, and/or groups. The terms "or", "and/or", "including at least one of the following", etc. used in this application may be interpreted as inclusive or mean any one or any combination. For example, "including at least one of the following: A, B, C" means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C"; another example is, " A, B or C" or "A, B and/or C" means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C". Exceptions to this definition occur only when the combination of elements, functions, steps, or operations is inherently mutually exclusive in some manner.
应该理解的是,虽然本申请实施例中的流程图中的各个步骤按照箭头的指示依次显示,但是这些步骤并不是必然按照箭头指示的顺序依次执行。除非本文中有明确的说明,这些步骤的执行并没有严格的顺序限制,其可以以其他的顺序执行。而且,图中的至少一部分步骤可以包括多个子步骤或者多个阶段,这些子步骤或者阶段并不必然是在同一时刻执行完成,而是可以在不同的时刻执行,其执行顺序也不必然是依次进行,而是可以与其他步骤或者其他步骤的子步骤或者阶段的至少一部分轮流或者交替地执行。It should be understood that although each step in the flow chart in the embodiment of the present application is displayed in sequence as indicated by the arrows, these steps are not necessarily executed in the order indicated by the arrows. Unless explicitly stated in this article, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited in order, and they can be executed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the figure may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages. These sub-steps or stages are not necessarily executed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and their execution order is not necessarily sequential. may be performed in turn or alternately with other steps or sub-steps of other steps or at least part of stages.
取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”、“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测”。类似地,取决于语境,短语“如果确定”或“如果检测(陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释成为“当确定时”或“响应于确定”或“当检测(陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测(陈述的条件或事件)”。Depending on the context, the words "if" or "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "when" or "when" or "in response to determination" or "in response to detection." Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "if determined" or "if (stated condition or event) is detected" may be interpreted as "when determined" or "in response to determining" or "when (stated condition or event) is detected )" or "in response to detecting (a stated condition or event)".
需要说明的是,在本文中,采用了诸如S31、S32等步骤代号,其目的是为了更清楚简要地表述相应内容,不构成顺序上的实质性限制,本领域技术人员在具体实施时,可能会先执行S32后执行S31等,但这些均应在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that in this article, step codes such as S31 and S32 are used for the purpose of describing the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and do not constitute a substantial restriction on the sequence. Those skilled in the art may S32 will be executed first and then S31, etc., but these should be within the protection scope of this application.
应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。It should be understood that the specific embodiments described here are only used to explain the present application and are not used to limit the present application.
在后续的描述中,使用用于表示元件的诸如“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”的后缀仅为了有利于本申请的说明,其本身没有特定的意义。因此,“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”可以混合地使用。In the subsequent description, the use of suffixes such as "module", "component" or "unit" used to represent elements is only to facilitate the description of the present application and has no specific meaning in itself. Therefore, "module", "component" or "unit" may be used interchangeably.
本申请中的通信设备可以是终端设备(如手机),也可以是网络设备(如基站),具体所指,需要结合上下文加以明确。The communication device in this application may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a base station). The specific meaning needs to be clarified based on the context.
终端设备可以是移动终端,移动终端可以以各种形式来实施。例如,本申请中描述的移动终端可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player,PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等移动终端,以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端。The terminal device may be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal may be implemented in various forms. For example, the mobile terminal described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
后续描述中将以移动终端为例进行说明,本领域技术人员将理解的是,除了特别用于移动目的的元件之外,根据本申请的实施方式的构造也能够应用于固定类型的终端。In the following description, a mobile terminal will be taken as an example. Those skilled in the art will understand that, in addition to elements specifically used for mobile purposes, the structure according to the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to fixed-type terminals.
请参阅图1,其为实现本申请各个实施例的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图,该移动终端100可以包括:RF(Radio Frequency,射频)单元101、WiFi模块102、音频输出单元103、A/V(音频/视频)输入单元104、传感器105、显示单元106、用户输入单元107、接口单元108、存储器109、处理器110、以及电源111等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图1中示 出的移动终端结构并不构成对移动终端的限定,移动终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal that implements various embodiments of the present application. The mobile terminal 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency, radio frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, and a /V (audio/video) input unit 104, sensor 105, display unit 106, user input unit 107, interface unit 108, memory 109, processor 110, and power supply 111 and other components. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile terminal shown in Figure 1 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or different components may be used. layout.
下面结合图1对移动终端的各个部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the mobile terminal in conjunction with Figure 1:
射频单元101可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,具体的,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器110处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频单元101包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频单元101还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于GSM(Global System of Mobile communication,全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(General Packet Radio Service,通用分组无线服务)、CDMA2000(Code Division Multiple Access 2000,码分多址2000)、WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,宽带码分多址)、TD-SCDMA(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,时分同步码分多址)、FDD-LTE(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,频分双工长期演进)、TDD-LTE(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,分时双工长期演进)和5G等。The radio frequency unit 101 can be used to receive and send information or signals during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 110; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency unit 101 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc. In addition, the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication. The above wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service, General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 , Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division) Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Frequency Division Duplex Long Term Evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution) and 5G, etc.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,移动终端通过WiFi模块102可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图1示出了WiFi模块102,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于移动终端的必须构成,完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology. The mobile terminal can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, access streaming media, etc. through the WiFi module 102. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 1 shows the WiFi module 102, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile terminal and can be omitted as needed without changing the essence of the invention.
音频输出单元103可以在移动终端100处于呼叫信号接收模式、通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式、广播接收模式等等模式下时,将射频单元101或WiFi模块102接收的或者在存储器109中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且,音频输出单元103还可以提供与移动终端100执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如,呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元103可以包括扬声器、蜂鸣器等等。The audio output unit 103 may, when the mobile terminal 100 is in a call signal receiving mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast receiving mode, etc., receive the audio signal received by the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or store it in the memory 109 The audio data is converted into audio signals and output as sound. Furthermore, the audio output unit 103 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the mobile terminal 100 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, or the like.
A/V输入单元104用于接收音频或视频信号。A/V输入单元104可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)1041和麦克风1042,图形处理器1041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元106上。经图形处理器1041处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器109(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元101或WiFi模块102进行发送。麦克风1042可以在电话通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式等等运行模式中经由麦克风1042接收声音(音频数据),并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频(语音)数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元101发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。麦克风1042可以实施各种类型的噪声消除(或抑制)算法以消除(或抑制)在接收和发送音频信号的过程中产生的噪声或者干扰。The A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals. The A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042. The graphics processor 1041 can process still pictures or images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Video image data is processed. The processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 106. The image frames processed by the graphics processor 1041 may be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage media) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or WiFi module 102. The microphone 1042 can receive sounds (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in operating modes such as a phone call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, and the like, and can process such sounds into audio data. The processed audio (voice) data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 for output in a phone call mode. Microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to eliminate (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and transmitting audio signals.
移动终端100还包括至少一种传感器105,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。可选地,光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,可选地,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1061的亮度,接近传感器可在移动终端100移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板1061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The mobile terminal 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Optionally, the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. Optionally, the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light. The proximity sensor can turn off the display when the mobile terminal 100 moves to the ear. Panel 1061 and/or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes). It can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary. It can be used to identify applications of mobile phone posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for the mobile phone, it can also be configured with fingerprint sensor, pressure sensor, iris sensor, molecular sensor, gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, Other sensors such as thermometers and infrared sensors will not be described in detail here.
显示单元106用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元106可包括显示面板1061,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1061。The display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user. The display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
用户输入单元107可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与移动终端的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。可选地,用户输入单元107可包括触控面板1071以及其他输入设备1072。触控面板1071,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1071上或在触控面板1071附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。触控面板1071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。可选地,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的 信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器110,并能接收处理器110发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1071。除了触控面板1071,用户输入单元107还可以包括其他输入设备1072。可选地,其他输入设备1072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种,具体此处不做限定。The user input unit 107 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal. Optionally, the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072. The touch panel 1071 , also known as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near the touch panel 1071 (for example, the user uses a finger, stylus, or any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 1071 operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program. The touch panel 1071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Optionally, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact point coordinates , and then sent to the processor 110, and can receive the commands sent by the processor 110 and execute them. In addition, the touch panel 1071 can be implemented using various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave. In addition to the touch panel 1071, the user input unit 107 may also include other input devices 1072. Optionally, other input devices 1072 may include but are not limited to one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, etc., which are not specifically discussed here. limited.
可选地,触控面板1071可覆盖显示面板1061,当触控面板1071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器110以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器110根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图1中,触控面板1071与显示面板1061是作为两个独立的部件来实现移动终端的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板1071与显示面板1061集成而实现移动终端的输入和输出功能,具体此处不做限定。Optionally, the touch panel 1071 can cover the display panel 1061. When the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. The type provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1061. Although in Figure 1, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated. The implementation of the input and output functions of the mobile terminal is not limited here.
接口单元108用作至少一个外部装置与移动终端100连接可以通过的接口。例如,外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元108可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如,数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到移动终端100内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在移动终端100和外部装置之间传输数据。The interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected to the mobile terminal 100 . For example, external devices may include a wired or wireless headphone port, an external power (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc. The interface unit 108 may be used to receive input (eg, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the mobile terminal 100 or may be used to connect between the mobile terminal 100 and an external device. Transfer data between devices.
存储器109可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器109可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,可选地,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器109可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。 Memory 109 may be used to store software programs as well as various data. The memory 109 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area. Optionally, the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; the storage data area may Store data created based on the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. In addition, memory 109 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
处理器110是移动终端的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个移动终端的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器109内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器109内的数据,执行移动终端的各种功能和处理数据,从而对移动终端进行整体监控。处理器110可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器110可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,可选地,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器110中。The processor 110 is the control center of the mobile terminal, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile terminal, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calling data stored in the memory 109 , execute various functions of the mobile terminal and process data, thereby overall monitoring the mobile terminal. The processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor. Optionally, the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and modulation The demodulation processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110 .
移动终端100还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源111(比如电池),优选的,电源111可以通过电源管理系统与处理器110逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The mobile terminal 100 may also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. Preferably, the power supply 111 may be logically connected to the processor 110 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. and other functions.
尽管图1未示出,移动终端100还可以包括蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Although not shown in FIG. 1 , the mobile terminal 100 may also include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be described again here.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请的移动终端所基于的通信网络系统进行描述。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication network system on which the mobile terminal of the present application is based is described below.
请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图,该通信网络系统为通用移动通信技术的LTE系统,该LTE系统包括依次通讯连接的UE(User Equipment,用户设备)201,E-UTRAN(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network,演进式UMTS陆地无线接入网)202,EPC(Evolved Packet Core,演进式分组核心网)203和运营商的IP业务204。Please refer to Figure 2. Figure 2 is an architecture diagram of a communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication network system is an LTE system of universal mobile communication technology. The LTE system includes UEs (User Equipment, User Equipment) connected in sequence. )201, E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network) 203 and the operator's IP business 204.
可选地,UE201可以是上述终端100,此处不再赘述。Optionally, UE 201 may be the above-mentioned terminal 100, which will not be described again here.
E-UTRAN202包括eNodeB2021和其它eNodeB2022等。可选地,eNodeB2021可以通过回程(backhaul)(例如X2接口)与其它eNodeB2022连接,eNodeB2021连接到EPC203,eNodeB2021可以提供UE201到EPC203的接入。E-UTRAN202 includes eNodeB2021 and other eNodeB2022, etc. Optionally, eNodeB2021 can be connected to other eNodeB2022 through backhaul (for example, X2 interface), eNodeB2021 is connected to EPC203, and eNodeB2021 can provide access from UE201 to EPC203.
EPC203可以包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)2031,HSS(Home Subscriber Server,归属用户服务器)2032,其它MME2033,SGW(Serving Gate Way,服务网关)2034,PGW(PDN Gate Way,分组数据网络网关)2035和PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function,政策和资费功能实体)2036等。可选地,MME2031是处理UE201和EPC203之间信令的控制节点,提供承载和连接管理。HSS2032用于提供一些寄存器来管理诸如归属位置寄存器(图中未示)之类的功能,并且保存有一些有关服务特征、数据速率等用户专用的信息。所有用户数据都可以通过SGW2034进行发送,PGW2035可以提供UE 201的IP地址分配以及其它功能,PCRF2036是业务数据流和IP承载资源的策略与计费控制策略决策点, 它为策略与计费执行功能单元(图中未示)选择及提供可用的策略和计费控制决策。 EPC 203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server, home user server) 2032, other MME 2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way, service gateway) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way, packet data Network Gateway) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function, policy and charging functional entity) 2036, etc. Optionally, MME2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE201 and EPC203, and provides bearer and connection management. HSS2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as the home location register (not shown in the figure), and to save some user-specific information about service characteristics, data rates, etc. All user data can be sent through SGW2034. PGW2035 can provide IP address allocation and other functions for UE 201. PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point for business data flows and IP bearer resources. It is the policy and charging execution function. The unit (not shown) selects and provides available policy and charging control decisions.
IP业务204可以包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IP多媒体子系统)或其它IP业务等。 IP services 204 may include the Internet, Intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
虽然上述以LTE系统为例进行了介绍,但本领域技术人员应当知晓,本申请不仅仅适用于LTE系统,也可以适用于其他无线通信系统,例如GSM、CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA以及未来新的网络系统(如5G)等,此处不做限定。Although the above introduction takes the LTE system as an example, those skilled in the art should know that this application is not only applicable to the LTE system, but also can be applied to other wireless communication systems, such as GSM, CDMA2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA and future new Network systems (such as 5G), etc. are not limited here.
基于上述移动终端硬件结构以及通信网络系统,提出本申请各个实施例。Based on the above-mentioned mobile terminal hardware structure and communication network system, various embodiments of the present application are proposed.
图3为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图一,如图3所示,该方法可以包括:Figure 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the method may include:
S31,网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息。S31. The network device sends the first message to the terminal device.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是普通设备,也可以是轻型能力设备,其中轻型能力设备例如可以包括冰箱、电视、空调等家用电器,例如可以包括智能手表、运动手环等穿戴设备等,例如:智能电网、智能电表等智能工业设备,还包括低功耗/低复杂度/低成本/低性能的智能手机以及一些功能手机,其中普通设备例如可以包括智能手机,智能汽车等。轻型能力设备与普通设备的差别并不限于设备类型的差异,例如可以将处于低功耗或者低性能的状态下普通设备也可以作为轻型能力设备,差异主要在于设备当前的带宽、数据速率等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be an ordinary device or a light-capable device. The light-capable device may include, for example, household appliances such as refrigerators, televisions, and air conditioners. For example, it may include wearable devices such as smart watches and sports bracelets. For example: smart industrial equipment such as smart grids and smart meters, as well as low-power/low-complexity/low-cost/low-performance smartphones and some feature phones. Common devices include, for example, smartphones, smart cars, etc. The difference between light-capability devices and ordinary devices is not limited to the difference in device type. For example, ordinary devices in a low-power or low-performance state can also be used as light-capability devices. The difference mainly lies in the current bandwidth and data rate of the device.
可选地,本申请实施例中的终端设备为轻型能力设备,对于轻型能力设备而言,如果其无线射频带宽最大为20MHz且SSB和CORESET#0所占用的带宽为20MHz,但其业务信道中的一个或多个目标带宽部分(BandWidth Part,BWP)小于或等于20MHz,则需要确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP在SBB和CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP中的位置。Optionally, the terminal device in the embodiment of this application is a light-capability device. For a light-capability device, if its wireless radio frequency bandwidth is maximum 20MHz and the bandwidth occupied by SSB and CORESET#0 is 20MHz, but in its business channel If one or more target bandwidth parts (BandWidth Part, BWP) are less than or equal to 20MHz, it is necessary to determine the position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel in the reference BWP occupied by SBB and CORESET#0.
可选地,网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备基于第一消息进行业务信道的调度。Optionally, the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device schedules the service channel based on the first message.
S32,终端设备根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考BWP上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP。S32: The terminal device determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,目标BWP的大小是固定的,即预设带宽大小。可选地,预设带宽大小例如可以为5MHz,例如也可以为小于5MHz的任一带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the target BWP is fixed, that is, the preset bandwidth size. Optionally, the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, 5 MHz, or may be any bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
可选地,参考BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz。可选地,参考BWP的大小可以为20MHz。Optionally, the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz. Optionally, the size of the reference BWP can be 20MHz.
可选地,业务信道至少包括物理上行链路共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)、物理下行链路共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)中的任一项。Optionally, the service channel includes at least any one of a physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH).
可选地,参考信号包括用于PDSCH的解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、用于物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)的DMRS、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI_RS)、相位跟踪参考信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signal,PTRS)、信道探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)中的至少一项。Optionally, the reference signal includes a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for PDSCH, a DMRS for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), and a Channel State Information Reference Signal (Channel State Information- Reference Signal, CSI_RS), Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS), Channel Sounding Reference Signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS).
可选地,参考BWP为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference BWP is a bandwidth portion of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier in at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
例如可以结合图4对系统带宽和参考BWP的关系进行理解。图4为本申请实施例提供的系统带宽和参考BWP示意图,如图4所示,系统带宽为一个总的大带宽,包括22个RB,即RB0至RB21。For example, the relationship between system bandwidth and reference BWP can be understood with reference to Figure 4. Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the system bandwidth and reference BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the system bandwidth is a total large bandwidth, including 22 RBs, namely RB0 to RB21.
在系统带宽上被配置了至少一个载波对应的带宽部分,例如在图4中,在系统带宽上被配置了4个载波,分别是载波1、载波2、载波3和载波4,每个载波的带宽部分如图4中的箭头示意。The bandwidth part corresponding to at least one carrier is configured on the system bandwidth. For example, in Figure 4, 4 carriers are configured on the system bandwidth, namely carrier 1, carrier 2, carrier 3 and carrier 4. Each carrier The bandwidth part is indicated by the arrow in Figure 4.
针对任意一个载波,该载波的带宽部分可以处于激活状态,也可以处于未激活状态,处于激活状态的带宽部分可以用于参考信号传输、数据传输等等。在本申请实施例中,系统带宽的至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态,可以有一个或多个载波的带宽部分被激活。例如在图4中,载波1和载波3处于激活状态,载波2和载波4处于未激活状态。For any carrier, the bandwidth part of the carrier can be in an activated state or in an inactive state. The activated bandwidth part can be used for reference signal transmission, data transmission, etc. In this embodiment of the present application, at least one carrier of the system bandwidth has a bandwidth part that is in an inactive state, and one or more carriers may have a bandwidth part that is activated. For example, in Figure 4, carrier 1 and carrier 3 are in the activated state, and carrier 2 and carrier 4 are in the inactive state.
本申请实施例中的参考BWP即为系统带宽上至少一个载波中的其中一个载波的带宽部分,且参考BWP处于激活状态。例如在图4中,参考BWP为载波3的带宽部分。即本申请 实施例中的参考BWP与系统带宽上的载波是有关联关系的,参考BWP即为系统带宽上的至少一个载波中的一个处于激活状态的载波的带宽部分。The reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is the bandwidth part of one of at least one carrier on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is in an active state. For example, in Figure 4, the reference BWP is the bandwidth portion of carrier 3. That is, the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is related to the carriers on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is the bandwidth part of one of the active carriers among at least one carrier on the system bandwidth.
在获取第一消息后,由于目标BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,然后根据第一消息可以确定业务信道和/或参考信号在参考BWP上的频域起始位置,根据频域起始位置和/或预设带宽大小,即可在BWP上确定目标BWP。After obtaining the first message, since the size of the target BWP is the preset bandwidth size, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message. According to the frequency domain starting position and /Or preset the bandwidth size to determine the target BWP on the BWP.
本申请实施例提供的处理方法,首先网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备在接收到第一消息后,根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,即可确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP,从而实现业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。本申请实施例的方案,在参考BWP大于或等于业务信道所占用的目标BWP的场景,根据第一消息和预设带宽大小即可确定目标BWP在参考BWP中的位置,实现了业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。In the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, first the network device sends a first message to the terminal device. After receiving the first message, the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or reference signal according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size. The occupied target BWP enables scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals. According to the solution of the embodiment of the present application, in the scenario where the reference BWP is greater than or equal to the target BWP occupied by the service channel, the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message and the preset bandwidth size, realizing the realization of the service channel and/or or the scheduling or transmission of reference signals.
在上述实施例中介绍了可以通过第一消息和预设带宽大小确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP的方案,从而实现业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。下面将结合具体的实施例对第一消息以及如何根据第一消息确定目标BWP的方案进行详细介绍。In the above embodiment, a solution is introduced in which the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal can be determined through the first message and the preset bandwidth size, thereby realizing the scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. The first message and the solution of how to determine the target BWP based on the first message will be introduced in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
可选地,第一消息包括主系统信息块(Master Information Block,MIB)和/或系统消息。Optionally, the first message includes a master system information block (Master Information Block, MIB) and/or a system message.
可选地,可以通过MIB确定SSB与CORESET#0之间的第一频率偏移值,以及CORESET#0与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值。进而根据第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值确定业务信道的频域起始位置。在本实施例中,CORESET#0即为参考BWP。Optionally, the first frequency offset value between the SSB and CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value between CORESET#0 and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel may be determined through the MIB. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is determined according to the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. In this embodiment, CORESET#0 is the reference BWP.
本申请实施例中,提供了一种新的方案,通过MIB中的现有字段索引来确定业务信道的频域起始位置。MIB中的现有字段索引为PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero,针对SSB和CORESET#0的不同的子载波间隔,本申请实施例提供了一种根据MIB中的现有字段索引确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案,具体可以参考下表1至表4所示。In the embodiment of this application, a new solution is provided to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel through the existing field index in the MIB. The existing field index in the MIB is PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero. For the different subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0, the embodiment of the present application provides a method to determine the first field index based on the existing field index in the MIB. For the scheme of the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value, please refer to Table 1 to Table 4 below for details.
设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔分别为{30,15}KHz,下表1示例了一种根据MIB确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案。Assume that the subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0 are {30,15}KHz respectively. Table 1 below illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000001
设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔分别为{15,15}KHz,下表2示例了一种根据MIB确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案。Assume that the subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0 are {15,15}KHz respectively. Table 2 below illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000003
设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔分别为{15,30}KHz,下表3示例了一种根据MIB确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案。Assume that the subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0 are {15,30}KHz respectively. Table 3 below illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000004
设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔分别为{30,30}KHz,下表4示例了一种根据MIB确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案。Assume that the subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0 are {30,30}KHz respectively. Table 4 below illustrates a solution for determining the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value based on the MIB.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022095340-appb-000006
可选地,上表4只是示例一种偏移的确定方式,具体取值可根据实际应用场景确定,比如根据终端设备具体的预存带宽大小,终端设备的数量等。Optionally, Table 4 above is just an example of how to determine the offset. The specific value can be determined according to the actual application scenario, such as the specific pre-stored bandwidth size of the terminal device, the number of terminal devices, etc.
可选地,由MIB中的字段PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero确定行索引,然后根据行索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔,确定第一频率偏移值和/或第二频率偏移值。可选地,第一频率偏移值为SSB与参考BWP之间的频率偏移值,第二频率偏移值为参考BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移值。Optionally, determine the row index from the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB, and then determine the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency according to the row index and the subcarrier spacing of the SSB and the reference BWP offset value. Optionally, the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP, and the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
第一频率偏移值与索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔之间存在预设对应关系,第二频率偏移值与索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔之间也存在预设对应关系,预设对应关系可以参见上述表1至表4示例。在根据MIB确定索引后,可以根据SSB与参考BWP的子载波间隔,确定预设对应关系为表1至表4中的哪个表格指示的预设对应关系,从而可以进一步确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值。可选地,本申请实施例中的参考BWP为CORESET#0。There is a preset correspondence between the first frequency offset value and the index and the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP. There is also a preset correspondence between the second frequency offset value and the index and the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP. , the preset corresponding relationships can be found in Table 1 to Table 4 above for examples. After the index is determined according to the MIB, it can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP which table in Table 1 to Table 4 indicates the preset corresponding relationship, so that the first frequency offset value can be further determined. and a second frequency offset value. Optionally, the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is CORESET#0.
由于第一频率偏移值为SSB与参考BWP之间的频率偏移值,因此根据第一频率偏移值可以确定参考BWP。而第二频率偏移值为参考BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移值,因此根据第二频率偏移值可以在参考BWP上确定业务信道的频域起始位置。即,此时业务信道的频域起始位置为第三频域起始位置,第三频域起始位置为从SSB的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。Since the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP, the reference BWP can be determined based on the first frequency offset value. The second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel. Therefore, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP according to the second frequency offset value. That is, at this time, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is the third frequency domain starting position, and the third frequency domain starting position is starting from the frequency domain starting position of the SSB, passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency The position after the offset value.
以一个具体的示例进行介绍。设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔为{30,15}KHz,则预设对应关系由上述表1指示。设MIB中的字段PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero取值为0,即行索引为0。根据上表1可知,第一频率偏移值为2个资源块(Resource Block,RB),第二频率偏移值为10个RB。初始接入时,以CORESET#0所占的频域位置为参考BWP所占用的频域位置,因此,根据上表1可知,在索引为0时,参考BWP所占用的带宽包括48个RB。Let’s introduce it with a concrete example. Assuming that the subcarrier spacing of SSB and CORESET#0 is {30,15}KHz, the default corresponding relationship is indicated by the above Table 1. Assume that the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB has a value of 0, that is, the row index is 0. According to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the first frequency offset value is 2 resource blocks (Resource Block, RB), and the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. During initial access, the frequency domain position occupied by CORESET#0 is the frequency domain position occupied by the reference BWP. Therefore, according to Table 1 above, when the index is 0, the bandwidth occupied by the reference BWP includes 48 RBs.
可选地,上述表1至表4示例的预设对应关系中,可以不包括索引和第二频率偏移值之间的对应关系,即上述表1至表4中可以不包括第五列。即第二频率偏移值offset2除了可以通过MIB中的索引确定外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第二预设值,或者为网络设备通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)配置的第二频率偏移值offset2,或者为终端设备根据信道状态从有限值集合中确定的数值。Optionally, the preset correspondence in the examples of Tables 1 to 4 may not include the correspondence between the index and the second frequency offset value, that is, the fifth column may not be included in Tables 1 to 4. That is, in addition to determining the second frequency offset value offset2 through the index in the MIB, it can also be the second preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or it can be configured for the network device through the downlink control information (DCI). The second frequency offset value offset2, or is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel state.
可选地,当第二频率偏移值为终端设备根据信道状态从有限值集合中确定的数值时,若信道状态较好,则终端设备可以选择第二频率偏移值来保证目标BWP靠近参考BWP的中心位置或边缘位置,若信道状态较差,则终端设备可以选择第二频率偏移值使得目标BWP靠近参考BWP的中心位置。可选地,信道状态可以根据RSRP或RSRQ确定。Optionally, when the second frequency offset value is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel status, if the channel status is good, the terminal device can select the second frequency offset value to ensure that the target BWP is close to the reference If the channel status is poor at the center or edge position of the BWP, the terminal device can select a second frequency offset value to make the target BWP close to the center position of the reference BWP. Alternatively, the channel status may be determined based on RSRP or RSRQ.
可选地,第二频率偏移值offset2可以为第二预设值,该第二预设值可以是一个网络设备和终端设备之间约定的固定值,也可以是根据终端设备的信道状态从有限值集合中选取的数值,等等。Optionally, the second frequency offset value offset2 may be a second preset value. The second preset value may be a fixed value agreed between the network device and the terminal device, or may be a value determined from the channel state of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
可选地,第二频率偏移值为通过DCI配置的值。例如,可以在DCI中新增2比特域用于指示第二频率偏移值offset2的大小。例如当新增的2比特域为00时,表示offset2=2RB,当新增的2比特域为01时,表示offset2=5RB,当新增的2比特域为10时,表示offset2=6RB,当新增的2比特域为11时,表示offset2=10RB,等等。需要说明的是,上述DCI中新增的2比特域以及2比特域和offset2的取值之间的对应关系仅仅为一个示例,并不构成实际的限定。DCI中例如也可以新增3比特域、4比特域等用于指示第二频率偏移值offset2的大小,DCI中的比特域与第二频率偏移值offset2的取值的对应关系也可以根据需要设定。Optionally, the second frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI. For example, a 2-bit field may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2. For example, when the new 2-bit field is 00, it means offset2=2RB. When the new 2-bit field is 01, it means offset2=5RB. When the new 2-bit field is 10, it means offset2=6RB. When the new 2-bit field is 11, it means offset2=10RB, and so on. It should be noted that the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset2 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation. For example, a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2. The corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be based on Requires setting.
在根据索引确定SSB与CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP之间的第一频率偏移值,以及CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值后,可以 根据第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值确定业务信道的频域起始位置,下面将结合图5对该过程进行介绍。Determining the first frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 according to the index, and the second frequency offset between the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 and the starting position of the frequency domain of the traffic channel After the value is determined, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. This process will be introduced below with reference to Figure 5.
图5为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图一,如图5所示,左边为SSB所占用的带宽,SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置假设已知,即图5中的L1处。Figure 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the left side is the bandwidth occupied by SSB. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by SSB is assumed to be known, that is, in Figure 5 At L1.
在根据索引确定第一频率偏移值offset1后,由于第一频率偏移值offset1为SSB与CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP之间的频率偏移,因此根据第一频率偏移值offset1和SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置可以得到CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的频域起始位置,即图5中的L0处。After determining the first frequency offset value offset1 according to the index, since the first frequency offset value offset1 is the frequency offset between SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, therefore, according to the first frequency offset value offset1 and SSB The frequency domain starting position of the occupied bandwidth can be obtained by the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, which is L0 in Figure 5.
根据上表1可知,CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的大小为48个RB,而CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的频域起始位置为图5中的L0处,因此根据CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的大小和对应的频域起始位置可以确定CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP(图5中的L0至L4处),即图5中的RB0-RB47,总共48个RB。According to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the size of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 48 RBs, and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is L0 in Figure 5. Therefore, according to the location of CORESET#0 The size of the occupied reference BWP and the corresponding starting position in the frequency domain can determine the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 (from L0 to L4 in Figure 5), that is, RB0-RB47 in Figure 5, a total of 48 RBs.
在图5示例了初始接入中使用CORESET#0作为参考BWP场景,需要在CORESET#0所确定的参考BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。如上所述,根据第一频率偏移值和SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置确定CORESET#0也即参考BWP的频域起始位置,然后根据第二频率偏移值offset2和参考BWP的频域起始位置即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置。Figure 5 illustrates the scenario of using CORESET#0 as the reference BWP in initial access. It is necessary to determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the reference BWP determined by CORESET#0. As mentioned above, CORESET#0, which is the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP, is determined based on the first frequency offset value and the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the SSB, and then based on the second frequency offset value offset2 and the reference BWP The starting position of the frequency domain can determine the starting position of the frequency domain of the service channel.
当索引为0时,根据上表1可知第二频率偏移值为10个RB,因此根据第二频率偏移值offset2可以确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置为图5中的L2处,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置与参考BWP的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值offset2为10个RB。When the index is 0, according to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. Therefore, according to the second frequency offset value offset2, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is as shown in Figure 5 At L2, the second frequency offset value offset2 between the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP is 10 RBs.
由于业务信道所占用的目标BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,在确定了业务信道所占用的目标BWP的第三频域起始位置后,根据该第三频域起始位置和预设带宽大小即可在参考BWP上确定该业务信道所占用的目标BWP,即业务信道所占用的目标BWP为从对应的第三频域起始位置开始起经过该预设带宽大小对应的带宽。Since the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is the preset bandwidth size, after determining the third frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the business channel, based on the third frequency domain starting position and the preset bandwidth size The target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP, that is, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is the bandwidth corresponding to the preset bandwidth size starting from the corresponding third frequency domain starting position.
例如在图5中,以业务信道子载波间隔为15KHz,预设带宽大小为5MHz为例,即相当于目标带宽大小为25个RB,因此业务信道所占用的目标BWP为从第10个RB开始至第34个RB之间的带宽,即图5中的阴影部分示意(从L2处至L3处)。For example, in Figure 5, taking the sub-carrier spacing of the business channel as 15KHz and the preset bandwidth size as 5MHz, it is equivalent to a target bandwidth size of 25 RBs. Therefore, the target BWP occupied by the business channel starts from the 10th RB. The bandwidth between the 34th RB and the 34th RB is represented by the shaded area in Figure 5 (from L2 to L3).
本申请实施例中,通过MIB中的现有字段索引,提供了一种新的映射表格(即表1至表4),在不改变MIB中信令字段的大小和含义的前提下,能够实现对不同类型的终端设备的共存。针对普通设备而言,根据MIB中的字段索引可以在上述映射表格中确定第一频率偏移值以及CORESET#0所占RB的数量,从而确定CORESET#0对应的带宽,CORESET#0对应的带宽也即为普通设备的业务信道所占的目标BWP。In the embodiment of this application, a new mapping table (i.e., Table 1 to Table 4) is provided through the existing field index in the MIB, which can be implemented without changing the size and meaning of the signaling fields in the MIB. Coexistence of different types of terminal equipment. For ordinary equipment, the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0 can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB, thereby determining the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 and the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0. That is, the target BWP occupied by the business channel of ordinary equipment.
针对轻型设备而言,本申请实施例在原有映射表格的基础上增加了一列用于反映索引和第二频率偏移值的关系。根据MIB中的字段索引可以在上述映射表格中确定第一频率偏移值、CORESET#0所占RB的数量以及第二频率偏移值。根据第一频率偏移值以及CORESET#0所占RB的数量可以确定CORESET#0对应的带宽,也即初始接入中的参考带宽部分。再根据参考带宽部分的起始位置及第二频率偏移值可以确定轻型能力设备的业务信道的频域起始位置,同时结合目标带宽部分的预设带宽大小在CORESET#0所确定的参考BWP上确定目标BWP的位置。For lightweight equipment, the embodiment of the present application adds a column to the original mapping table to reflect the relationship between the index and the second frequency offset value. The first frequency offset value, the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB. The bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0, that is, the reference bandwidth part in the initial access, can be determined according to the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel of the light-capable device can be determined based on the starting position of the reference bandwidth part and the second frequency offset value, and at the same time, the reference BWP determined in CORESET#0 is combined with the preset bandwidth size of the target bandwidth part. Determine the location of the target BWP.
在图5实施例中介绍了根据MIB中的索引确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置,进而根据业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置以及预设带宽大小,在参考BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。第一消息除了可以包括MIB外,还可以包括系统消息,下面将介绍根据系统消息确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。In the embodiment of Figure 5, it is introduced that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined based on the index in the MIB, and then based on the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, in Refer to the BWP solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel. In addition to the MIB, the first message may also include system messages. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel based on the system messages.
可选地,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,根据上述至少一项可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置。Optionally, the system message includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel can be determined according to at least one of the above items.
可选地,系统消息包括无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息和/或系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)。即,RRC消息中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,和/或,SIB中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位 置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项。Optionally, the system message includes a Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message and/or a System Information Block (System Information Block, SIB). That is, the RRC message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. item, and/or the SIB includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP at least one of.
可选地,参考BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,参考BWP为第一BWP或第二BWP,可选地,第一BWP为与初始BWP在同一时隙的BWP,第二BWP为与初始BWP存在时隙偏移的BWP。Optionally, the reference BWP is a first BWP or a second BWP. Optionally, the first BWP is a BWP in the same time slot as the initial BWP, and the second BWP is a BWP with a time slot offset from the initial BWP.
可选地,第一BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小,第二BWP大于或等于预设带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size, and the size of the second BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,终端设备根据第一消息确定业务信道的频域起始位置,然后根据业务信道的频域起始位置和/或预设带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。Optionally, the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target occupied by the service channel on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the preset bandwidth size. BWP.
可选地,终端设备根据第一消息确定业务信道的频域起始位置,然后根据业务信道的频域起始位置和/或预设带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。Optionally, the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target occupied by the service channel on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and/or the preset bandwidth size. BWP.
首先介绍BWP为第一BWP时,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。First, the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和第三频率偏移值offset3中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值中的至少一项,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。 In an implementation manner, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3. The terminal device can use the first starting resource according to At least one of the block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value and the third frequency offset value determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
可选地,第三频率偏移值offset3除了可以通过系统消息(包括RRC消息或SIB)配置外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第三预设值,或者为网络设备通过DCI配置的第三频率偏移值offset3。Optionally, in addition to being configured through system messages (including RRC messages or SIBs), the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device. The third frequency offset value offset3.
可选地,第三频率偏移值offset3可以为第三预设值,该第三预设值可以是一个网络设备和终端设备之间约定的固定值,也可以是根据终端设备的信道状态从有限值集合中选取的数值,等等。Optionally, the third frequency offset value offset3 may be a third preset value. The third preset value may be a fixed value agreed between a network device and a terminal device, or may be a value based on the channel status of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
可选地,第三频率偏移值为通过DCI配置的值。例如,可以在DCI中新增2比特域用于指示第三频率偏移值offset3的大小。例如当新增的2比特域为00时,表示offset3=2RB,当新增的2比特域为01时,表示offset3=5RB,当新增的2比特域为10时,表示offset3=6RB,当新增的2比特域为11时,表示offset3=10RB,等等。需要说明的是,上述DCI中新增的2比特域以及2比特域和offset3的取值之间的对应关系仅仅为一个示例,并不构成实际的限定。DCI中例如也可以新增3比特域、4比特域等用于指示第三频率偏移值offset3的大小,DCI中的比特域与第三频率偏移值offset3的取值的对应关系也可以根据需要设定。Optionally, the third frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI. For example, a 2-bit field may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the third frequency offset value offset3. For example, when the new 2-bit field is 00, it means offset3=2RB. When the new 2-bit field is 01, it means offset3=5RB. When the new 2-bit field is 10, it means offset3=6RB. When the new 2-bit field is 11, it means offset3=10RB, and so on. It should be noted that the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset3 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation. For example, a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. may be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the third frequency offset value offset3. The corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the third frequency offset value offset3 may also be based on Requires setting.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start用于确定第一BWP的频域起始位置,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start之后的位置。 Optionally, the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is the common resource grid. The reference point starts passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the position after the first carrier offset value RB start .
可选地,第一BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小。例如,若预设带宽大小为5MHz,则第一BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz,如10MHz、20MHz等等。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size. For example, if the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on.
可选地,第三频率偏移值为第一BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移。在根据第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值确定第一BWP的频域起始位置后,可以根据第一BWP的频域起始位置与第三频率偏移值,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。然后,根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。下面将结合图6进行介绍。Optionally, the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the first BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel. After determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value, the traffic channel may be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value. Frequency domain starting position. Then, based on the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the first BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 6.
图6为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图二,如图6所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。Figure 6 is a second schematic diagram of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图6的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和第三频率偏移值offset3,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第一BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 6, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3. After receiving the system message, the terminal device The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP can be determined based on the position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图6中,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点(即图6中的L0处)开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图6中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值指示。第一BWP为图6中从L2至L5处对应的频带。然后,根据第一BWP的频域起始位置L2和第三频率偏移值offset3,即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置为图6中的L3处,业务信道的频域起始位置为从第一BWP的频域起始位置开始经过第三频率偏移值后的位置。 For example, in Figure 6, the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 6), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value The position after RB start is L2 in Figure 6, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position, and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value. The first BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in Figure 6 . Then, according to the frequency domain starting position L2 of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value offset3, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is L3 in Figure 6, and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value.
综上所述,业务信道的频域起始位置为第一频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点 开始经过第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值之后的位置。To sum up, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图6中阴影部分示意,目标BWP为从L3处至L4处对应的频带,其带宽大小为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 6, the target BWP BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L3 to L4, and its bandwidth is 5MHz.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap中的至少一项,确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap, the terminal device can be based on the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap determines the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第一BWP的频域起始位置,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第一BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小。例如,若预设带宽大小为5MHz,则第一BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz,如10MHz、20MHz等等。根据第一BWP的频域起始位置和第一BWP的大小,可以确定第一BWP所在的带宽。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size. For example, if the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on. According to the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined.
可选地,第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值用于确定业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置,业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network. The common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
可选地,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,预设带宽大小例如可以为5MHz或者小于5MHz的带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is a preset bandwidth size, and the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, 5 MHz or a bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
可选地,在根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值以及第一BWP的大小确定第一BWP所在的带宽后,可以根据第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和预设带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP且目标BWP位于参考BWP。下面将结合图7进行介绍。Optionally, after determining the bandwidth where the first BWP is located based on the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the second starting resource block position. and the preset bandwidth size, determine the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP and the target BWP is located at the reference BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 7.
图7为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图三,如图7所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。Figure 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图7的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第一BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 7, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, After receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图7中,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点(即图7中的L0处)开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图7中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。由于第一BWP的大小是已知的,例如为20MHz,因此在确定第一BWP的频域起始位置之后,根据第一BWP的大小可以确定第一BWP所在的带宽,即图7中的L2处至L6处对应的频带。 For example, in Figure 7, the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 7), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value The position after RB start , that is, L2 in Figure 7, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start instruction. Since the size of the first BWP is known, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined based on the size of the first BWP, that is, L2 in Figure 7 to the corresponding frequency band at L6.
然后根据第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置,如图7所示,业务信道的频域起始位置为第二频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap之后的位置,即图7中的L4处。其中L0和L3之间的偏移由第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap指示,L3和L4之间的偏移由第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap指示 Then the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap. As shown in Figure 7, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The second frequency domain starting position is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 7 At L4. The offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图7中阴影部分示意,业务信道所占用的目标BWP为图7中从L4至L5处对应的频带,其大小例如可以为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 7. The target BWP occupied by the channel is the frequency band corresponding to L4 to L5 in Figure 7, and its size may be, for example, 5 MHz.
在上述实施例中,介绍了BWP为第一BWP时,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。下面将介绍BWP为第二BWP时,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。In the above embodiment, the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP when the BWP is the second BWP.
可选地,第二BWP为通过系统消息定义的用于PDSCH传输的分离BWP#X(X不等于0)或新的用于PDSCH业务传输的BWP,而PDCCH到PDSCH的调度时间K0需要满足BWP切换的时间,即K0需要大于或等于某一预设值,K0为时延参数。Optionally, the second BWP is a separate BWP# The switching time, that is, K0 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K0 is the delay parameter.
可选地,第二BWP为通过系统消息定义的用于PUSCH传输的分离BWP#X(X不等于0)或新的用于PUSCH业务传输的BWP,而PDCCH到PUSCH的调度时间K2需要满足BWP切换的时间,即K2需要大于或等于某一预设值,K2为时延参数。Optionally, the second BWP is a separate BWP# The switching time, that is, K2 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K2 is the delay parameter.
根据时延参数可以确定第二BWP的时域位置,而根据系统消息可以确定第二BWP的频域位置。The time domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the delay parameter, and the frequency domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the system message.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和BWP的大小中的至少一项,可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,且第二BWP的频域起始位置即为业务信道的频域起始位置,第二BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,第二BWP即为业务信道所占用的目标BWP。 In an implementation manner, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP. The terminal device can determine the first starting resource block position O carrier according to the first starting resource block position O carrier , at least one of the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the frequency domain starting position of the service channel position, the size of the second BWP is the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel.
图8为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图,如图8所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图8的示例中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图8中的L2处,第二BWP的时域位置为根据时延参数确定的时域位置,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。 In the example of Figure 8, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 8 At L2 in , the time domain position of the second BWP is the time domain position determined according to the delay parameter, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 The shift is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
可选地,当业务信道为PDSCH时,时延参数为K0,K0为PDSCH和PDCCH之间的时延。Optionally, when the traffic channel is PDSCH, the delay parameter is K0, and K0 is the delay between PDSCH and PDCCH.
可选地,当业务信道为PUSCH时,时延参数为K2,K2为PUSCH和PDCCH之间的时延。Optionally, when the traffic channel is PUSCH, the delay parameter is K2, and K2 is the delay between PUSCH and PDCCH.
在图8的示例中,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中配置的参考BWP的大小,同时由于其第二BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,所以第二BWP也是目标BWP。通过时延参数,业务信道和PDCCH之间存在时延,此时业务信道和PDCCH之间可以在频域上重叠,也可以位于不同的频域位置。图8示例的方案中,预设带宽大小为5MHz,第二BWP的大小也为5MHz,第二BWP即为业务信道所占用的目标BWP,即图8中从L2至L3处对应的带宽。图8示例的方案中,第二BWP为参考BWP,且参考BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,即参考BWP的大小与目标BWP的大小相等,此时,参考BWP即为目标BWP。即图8示例的方案中,第二BWP既为参考BWP,也为目标BWP。In the example of FIG. 8 , the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP configured in the system message. At the same time, because the size of the second BWP is the preset bandwidth size, the second BWP is also the target BWP. Through the delay parameter, there is a delay between the traffic channel and the PDCCH. At this time, the traffic channel and the PDCCH can overlap in the frequency domain, or they can be located in different frequency domain positions. In the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the preset bandwidth size is 5 MHz, and the size of the second BWP is also 5 MHz. The second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel, that is, the corresponding bandwidth from L2 to L3 in Figure 8. In the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is the reference BWP, and the size of the reference BWP is the preset bandwidth size, that is, the size of the reference BWP is equal to the size of the target BWP. At this time, the reference BWP is the target BWP. That is, in the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is both the reference BWP and the target BWP.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3以及BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3和BWP的大小确定业务信道的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP, and the terminal device can according to The first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel.
可选地,第三频率偏移值offset3除了可以通过系统消息(包括RRC消息或SIB1)配置外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第三预设值,或者为网络设备通过DCI配置的第三频率偏移值offset3。Optionally, in addition to being configured through system messages (including RRC messages or SIB1), the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device. The third frequency offset value offset3.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中指示的参考BWP的大小。Optionally, the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message.
可选地,第三频率偏移值为第二BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移。在根据第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值确定第二BWP的频域起始位置后,可以根据第二BWP的频域起始位置和第二BWP的大小确定第二BWP所占用的带宽,然后根据第二BWP的频域起始位置与第三频率偏移值,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。然后,根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的带宽目标BWP。下面将结合图9进行介绍。Optionally, the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the second BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel. After determining the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP according to the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP can be determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. bandwidth, and then determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the third frequency offset value. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, the bandwidth target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the second BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 9.
图9为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图四,如图9所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图9的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3和参考BWP的大小,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 9, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the reference BWP. After receiving the system message, the terminal device The first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
例如在图9中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图9中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。然后,根据第二BWP的频域起始位置(图9中的L2处)和第三频率偏移值offset3,即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置,业务信道的频域起始位置为从第二BWP的频域起始位置开始经过第三频率偏移值后的位置,即图9中的L3处。第二BWP对应的频带为图9中从L2处至L5处对应的频带,其大小例如可以为20MHz。 For example, in Figure 9, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 9 At L2 in , the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start . Then, based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP (at L2 in Figure 9) and the third frequency offset value offset3, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined. The frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the starting position of the frequency domain of the second BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value is the position L3 in Figure 9. The frequency band corresponding to the second BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in FIG. 9 , and its size may be, for example, 20 MHz.
综上所述,业务信道的频域起始位置为第一频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值之后的位置。To sum up, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图9中阴影部分示意,为从L3至L4对应的频带。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 9, as Corresponding frequency bands from L3 to L4.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one of redcap and the size of the reference BWP, the terminal device can select the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item of , determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中指示的参考BWP的大小。根据第二BWP的频域起始位置和第二BWP的大小,可以确定第二BWP所在的带宽。Optionally, the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message. According to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located can be determined.
可选地,第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值用于确定业务信道的频域起始位置,业务信道的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel. The frequency domain starting position of the service channel is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the third The second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
可选地,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,预设带宽大小例如可以为小于或等于5MHz的值。Optionally, the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is a preset bandwidth size, and the preset bandwidth size may be, for example, a value less than or equal to 5 MHz.
可选地,在根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值以及第二BWP的大小确定第二BWP所在的带宽后,可以根据第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和预设带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。下面将结合图10进行介绍。Optionally, after determining the bandwidth of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value and the preset bandwidth size, and determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 10.
图10为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图五,如图10所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图10的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 10, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap and Referring to at least one of the BWP sizes, after receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图10中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图10中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。由于第二BWP的大小系统消息指示的,例如可以为20MHz,因此在确定第二BWP的频域起始位置之后,根据第二BWP的大小可以确定第二BWP所在的带宽。在图10中,第二BWP所在的带宽为从L2至L6处对应的频带。 For example, in Figure 10, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 10 At L2 in , the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start . Since the size of the second BWP indicated by the system message may be, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the starting position of the second BWP in the frequency domain, the bandwidth in which the second BWP is located may be determined based on the size of the second BWP. In Figure 10, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located is the corresponding frequency band from L2 to L6.
然后根据第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置,如图10所示,业务信道的频域起始位置为第二频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap之后的位置,即图10中的L4处。其中L0和L3之间的偏移由第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap指示,L3和L4之间的偏移由第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap指示 Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap. As shown in Figure 10, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 10 at L4. The offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和预设带宽大小在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图10中阴影部分示意,为从L4至L5处对应的频带,大小可以为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the preset bandwidth size, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 10, as The corresponding frequency band from L4 to L5 can be 5MHz in size.
在一种实现方式中,第一消息中包括指示信息,参考BWP上包括N个待选BWP,各待 选BWP的大小均为预设带宽大小,根据指示信息可以在N个待选BWP中确定目标BWP的频域位置,可选地,N=Floor(S/M),S为参考带宽的大小,M为目标BWP的大小(即预设带宽大小),Floor表示向下取整,参考BWP的大小和目标BWP的大小均通过RB的数量来表示。N个待选BWP中的第一个BWP在参考BWP上的起始位置为第L+1个RB。L的取值取决于保护带宽的大小,例如当参考BWP下边缘的保护带宽为0个RB,则L=0,例如当参考BWP下边缘的保护带宽为3个RB,则L=3等等。L的取值也可以采用公式确定,例如则L=(S mod M)/2。In one implementation, the first message includes indication information. The reference BWP includes N candidate BWPs. The size of each candidate BWP is a preset bandwidth size. According to the indication information, it can be determined among the N candidate BWPs. Frequency domain position of the target BWP, optionally, N=Floor(S/M), S is the size of the reference bandwidth, M is the size of the target BWP (that is, the preset bandwidth size), Floor means rounding down, reference BWP The size of and the size of the target BWP are both represented by the number of RBs. The starting position of the first BWP among the N candidate BWPs on the reference BWP is the L+1th RB. The value of L depends on the size of the protection bandwidth. For example, when the protection bandwidth at the lower edge of the reference BWP is 0 RBs, then L=0. For example, when the protection bandwidth at the lower edge of the reference BWP is 3 RBs, then L=3, etc. . The value of L can also be determined using a formula, for example, L=(S mod M)/2.
公式中参考带宽的大小S取值对应的子载波间隔需与目标BWP的大小M对应的子载波间隔保持一致,且以目标BWP的子载波间隔为基准。如参考BWP的大小S是20MHz,子载波间隔为15KHz,而目标BWP的大小M是5MHz,子载波间隔为30KHz,则公式中的参考BWP S的取值为51RB,而不是106RB。The subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size S of the reference bandwidth in the formula needs to be consistent with the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size M of the target BWP, and is based on the subcarrier spacing of the target BWP. For example, if the size S of the reference BWP is 20MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, and the size M of the target BWP is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 30KHz, then the value of the reference BWP S in the formula is 51RB, not 106RB.
可选地,第一消息为SIB1或RRC消息。Optionally, the first message is a SIB1 or RRC message.
设目标BWP的大小为M个RB,则针对任意待选BWP,该待选BWP中包括的M个RB可以相邻,也可以间隔设置。下面将结合图11和图12对该实现方式进行介绍。Assume that the size of the target BWP is M RBs, then for any candidate BWP, the M RBs included in the candidate BWP can be adjacent or set at intervals. This implementation will be introduced below with reference to Figures 11 and 12.
图11为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图六,如图11所示,可以通过第一消息中新增比特的方式指示目标BWP在参考BWP中的位置,设参考BWP和目标BWP的子载波间隔为15KHz,参考BWP的大小为20MHz=106RB,目标BWP大小为5MHz=25RB,则N=Floor(106/25)=4,L=(106mod25)/2=3,即参考BWP上包括N=4个待选BWP,通过2比特指示4个待选BWP中哪一个是目标BWP,4个待选BWP参见图11中的阴影部分示意。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message. Assume that the reference BWP and the target BWP are The subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, the reference BWP size is 20MHz=106RB, and the target BWP size is 5MHz=25RB, then N=Floor(106/25)=4, L=(106mod25)/2=3, that is, the reference BWP includes N = 4 candidate BWPs, which one of the 4 candidate BWPs is the target BWP is indicated by 2 bits. The 4 candidate BWPs are shown in the shaded part in Figure 11 .
当比特为00时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第1个待选BWP;当比特为01时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第2个待选BWP;当比特为10时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第3个待选BWP;当比特为11时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第4个待选BWP。When the bit is 00, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 11.
在图11的示例中,各待选BWP中包括的M个RB相邻。第k个待选BWP的频域位置为参考BWP中第L+(k-1)*M+1个RB至第L+k*M个RB对应的带宽部分,k取值为1,2....,N。In the example of FIG. 11, M RBs included in each candidate BWP are adjacent. The frequency domain position of the k-th candidate BWP is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th RB to the L+k*Mth RB in the reference BWP, and the value of k is 1, 2.. ..,N.
在图11中,参考BWP的大小S=106RB,预设带宽大小M=25,L=(106mod25)/2=3,若目标BWP为第一个待选BWP,即k=1,则目标BWP包含的RB为参考带宽中第L+1个RB至第L+25个RB。In Figure 11, the reference BWP size S=106RB, the default bandwidth size M=25, L=(106mod25)/2=3, if the target BWP is the first candidate BWP, that is, k=1, then the target BWP The included RBs are the L+1th RB to the L+25th RB in the reference bandwidth.
图12为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图七,如图12所示,可以通过第一消息中新增比特的方式指示目标BWP在参考BWP中的位置,以参考BWP和目标BWP的子载波间隔为15KHz,参考BWP大小为20MHz=106RB,目标BWP大小为5MHz=25RB为例,则N=Floor(106/25)=4,L=(106mod25)/2=3,则参考BWP上包括N=4个待选BWP,通过2比特指示,参考BWP的两端各预留L=3RB的保护RB,即图12中的阴影部分示意。Figure 12 is a schematic diagram 7 of determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message to determine the relationship between the reference BWP and the target BWP. The subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, the reference BWP size is 20MHz=106RB, and the target BWP size is 5MHz=25RB as an example, then N=Floor(106/25)=4, L=(106mod25)/2=3, then the reference BWP It includes N=4 candidate BWPs, indicated by 2 bits, and L=3RB protection RBs are reserved at both ends of the reference BWP, which is indicated by the shaded part in Figure 12.
当比特为00时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第1个待选BWP;当比特为01时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第2个待选BWP;当比特为10时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第3个待选BWP;当比特为11时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第4个待选BWP。When the bit is 00, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 12.
在图12的示例中,各待选BWP中包括的M个RB并不相邻,而是间隔设置。第k个待选BWP包含的RB为参考BWP中的第L+k+N*i个RB,可选地,i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,M为正整数。In the example of FIG. 12 , the M RBs included in each candidate BWP are not adjacent, but are arranged at intervals. The RB included in the k-th candidate BWP is the L+k+N*i-th RB in the reference BWP. Optionally, i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1, and M is a positive integer. .
在图12中,保护RB数L=3,参考BWP包含N=4个待选BWP,待选BWP包括的RB数M=25,以第一个待选BWP为目标BWP为例,即k=1为例,则目标BWP频域范围为参考BWP中的第L+1个RB、第L+5个RB、.....第L+96个RB和第L+97个RB。In Figure 12, the number of protection RBs is L=3, the reference BWP contains N=4 candidate BWPs, and the number of RBs included in the candidate BWP is M=25. Taking the first candidate BWP as the target BWP as an example, that is, k= 1 is used as an example, the target BWP frequency domain range is the L+1th RB, L+5th RB, .....L+96th RB, and L+97th RB in the reference BWP.
图11、图12以保护RB分散位于参考BWP的两侧为例进行介绍,事实上,保护RB还可以集中分布在参考BWP的频域边缘,比如频域上边缘或频域下边缘,保护RB也可以集中或部分分布在参考BWP中间或参考BWP中的任意位置。保护RB的位置不同,上述实例中的L的取值不同,比如保护RB集中分布在参考BWP的上边缘,则L=0,即L的取值取决于参考BWP的下边缘保护RB的数目,L为参考BWP的下边缘至第1个待选BWP之间包括的RB的 数量。Figure 11 and Figure 12 take the protection RBs scattered on both sides of the reference BWP as an example. In fact, the protection RBs can also be concentrated at the frequency domain edge of the reference BWP, such as the upper edge or the lower edge of the frequency domain. The protection RBs It can also be concentrated or partially distributed in the middle of the reference BWP or at any position in the reference BWP. The position of the protection RB is different, and the value of L in the above example is different. For example, the protection RB is concentrated on the upper edge of the reference BWP, then L=0, that is, the value of L depends on the number of protection RBs on the lower edge of the reference BWP. L is the number of RBs included between the lower edge of the reference BWP and the first candidate BWP.
待选BWP除了可以采用图11的相邻RB的分布形式和间隔N个RB的形式,还可以是待选BWP部分分布的形式,例如可以参考图13理解。In addition to the distribution form of adjacent RBs and the form separated by N RBs as shown in Figure 11, the candidate BWPs can also be in the form of partial distribution of candidate BWPs, which can be understood with reference to Figure 13, for example.
图13为本申请实施例提供的确定目标BWP的示意图八,如图13所示,预设带宽大小为5MHz,子载波间隔为15KHz,则5MHz带宽内有25个RB,将25个RB进行分组,每5个连续RB构成25个RB的一组,25个RB共5个连续的5RB组,以参考BWP为20MHz=106个RB,且子载波间隔为15KHz为例,则N=Floor(106/25)=4个待选BWP的分布如图13中所示。针对任意一个待选BWP,该待选BWP中包括25个RB,这25个RB分为5个部分,每个部分中包括5个RB,每个部分中的5个RB是连续的,但待选BWP中的这5个部分是分散设置的。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram eight for determining the target BWP provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz. Then there are 25 RBs in the 5MHz bandwidth. The 25 RBs are grouped. , every 5 consecutive RBs form a group of 25 RBs, and there are 25 RBs in a total of 5 consecutive 5RB groups. Taking the reference BWP as 20MHz=106 RBs and the subcarrier spacing as 15KHz as an example, then N=Floor(106 /25)=The distribution of 4 candidate BWPs is shown in Figure 13. For any candidate BWP, the candidate BWP includes 25 RBs. These 25 RBs are divided into 5 parts. Each part includes 5 RBs. The 5 RBs in each part are consecutive. These 5 parts in the selected BWP are set up dispersedly.
图14为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图二,如图14所示,该方法可以包括:Figure 14 is a signaling diagram 2 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method may include:
S141,网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于指示业务信道和/或参考信号在参考带宽部分上的频域起始位置。S141. The network device sends a first message to the terminal device. The first message is used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是普通设备,也可以是轻型能力设备,其中轻型能力设备例如可以包括冰箱、电视、空调等家用电器,例如可以包括智能手表、运动手环等穿戴设备等,例如:智能电网、智能电表等智能工业设备,还包括低功耗/低复杂度/低成本/低性能的智能手机以及一些功能手机,其中普通设备例如可以包括智能手机,智能汽车等。轻型能力设备与普通设备的差别并不限于设备类型的差异,例如可以将处于低功耗或者低性能的状态下普通设备也可以作为轻型能力设备,差异主要在于设备当前的带宽、数据速率等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be an ordinary device or a light-capable device. The light-capable device may include, for example, household appliances such as refrigerators, televisions, and air conditioners. For example, it may include wearable devices such as smart watches and sports bracelets. For example: smart industrial equipment such as smart grids and smart meters, as well as low-power/low-complexity/low-cost/low-performance smartphones and some feature phones. Common devices include, for example, smartphones, smart cars, etc. The difference between light-capability devices and ordinary devices is not limited to the difference in device type. For example, ordinary devices in a low-power or low-performance state can also be used as light-capability devices. The difference mainly lies in the current bandwidth and data rate of the device.
可选地,本申请实施例中的终端设备为轻型能力设备,对于轻型能力设备而言,如果其无线射频带宽最大为20MHz且SSB和CORESET#0所占用的带宽为20MHz,但其业务信道中的一个或多个目标BWP小于或等于20MHz,则需要确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP在SBB和CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP中的位置。Optionally, the terminal device in the embodiment of this application is a light-capability device. For a light-capability device, if its wireless radio frequency bandwidth is maximum 20MHz and the bandwidth occupied by SSB and CORESET#0 is 20MHz, but in its business channel If one or more target BWPs are less than or equal to 20MHz, you need to determine the position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel in the reference BWP occupied by SBB and CORESET#0.
可选地,网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备基于第一消息进行业务信道的调度。Optionally, the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device schedules the service channel based on the first message.
S142,终端设备根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考BWP上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP。S142: The terminal device determines the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference BWP based on at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or reference signal.
可选地,目标BWP的大小是固定的,例如可以为5MHz,例如也可以为小于5MHz的任一带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the target BWP is fixed, for example, it can be 5 MHz, or it can be any bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
可选地,参考BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz。可选地,参考BWP的大小可以为20MHz。Optionally, the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz. Optionally, the size of the reference BWP can be 20MHz.
可选地,业务信道至少包括PUSCH、PDSCH中的任一项。Optionally, the traffic channel includes at least any one of PUSCH and PDSCH.
可选地,参考信号包括用于PDSCH的DMRS、用于PDCCH的DMRS、CSI_RS、PTRS、SRS中的至少一项。Optionally, the reference signal includes at least one of DMRS for PDSCH, DMRS for PDCCH, CSI_RS, PTRS, and SRS.
可选地,参考BWP为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference BWP is a bandwidth portion of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier in at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
例如可以结合图4对系统带宽和参考BWP的关系进行理解。如图4所示,系统带宽为一个总的大带宽,包括22个RB,即RB0至RB21。For example, the relationship between system bandwidth and reference BWP can be understood with reference to Figure 4. As shown in Figure 4, the system bandwidth is a total large bandwidth, including 22 RBs, namely RB0 to RB21.
在系统带宽上被配置了至少一个载波对应的带宽部分,例如在图4中,在系统带宽上被配置了4个载波,分别是载波1、载波2、载波3和载波4,每个载波的带宽部分如图4中的箭头示意。The bandwidth part corresponding to at least one carrier is configured on the system bandwidth. For example, in Figure 4, 4 carriers are configured on the system bandwidth, namely carrier 1, carrier 2, carrier 3 and carrier 4. Each carrier The bandwidth part is indicated by the arrow in Figure 4.
针对任意一个载波,该载波的带宽部分可以处于激活状态,也可以处于未激活状态,处于激活状态的带宽部分可以用于参考信号传输、数据传输等等。在本申请实施例中,系统带宽的至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态,可以有一个或多个载波的带宽部分被激活。例如在图4中,载波1和载波3处于激活状态,载波2和载波4处于未激活状态。For any carrier, the bandwidth part of the carrier can be in an activated state or in an inactive state. The activated bandwidth part can be used for reference signal transmission, data transmission, etc. In this embodiment of the present application, at least one carrier of the system bandwidth has a bandwidth part that is in an inactive state, and one or more carriers may have a bandwidth part that is activated. For example, in Figure 4, carrier 1 and carrier 3 are in the activated state, and carrier 2 and carrier 4 are in the inactive state.
本申请实施例中的参考BWP即为系统带宽上至少一个载波中的其中一个载波的带宽部分,且参考BWP处于激活状态。例如在图4中,参考BWP为载波3的带宽部分。即本申请实施例中的参考BWP与系统带宽上的载波是有关联关系的,参考BWP即为系统带宽上的至少一个载波中的一个处于激活状态的载波的带宽部分。The reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is the bandwidth part of one of at least one carrier on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is in an active state. For example, in Figure 4, the reference BWP is the bandwidth portion of carrier 3. That is, the reference BWP in the embodiment of the present application is related to the carriers on the system bandwidth, and the reference BWP is the bandwidth part of one of the active carriers among at least one carrier on the system bandwidth.
在获取第一消息后,根据第一消息可以确定目标BWP在参考BWP上的频域起始位置,根据频域起始位置和/或带宽大小,即可在参考BWP上确定目标BWP。After obtaining the first message, the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP on the reference BWP can be determined based on the first message, and the target BWP can be determined on the reference BWP based on the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size.
在上述实施例中介绍了可以通过业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP的方案,从而实现业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。下面将结合具体的实施例对第一消息以及如何根据第一消息确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的带宽的方案进行详细介绍。In the above embodiment, a solution is introduced in which the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal can be determined based on the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the traffic channel, thereby realizing scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or reference signal. The first message and the solution of how to determine the bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal based on the first message will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
可选地,第一消息包括MIB和/或系统消息。Optionally, the first message includes MIB and/or system message.
可选地,可通过MIB确定SSB与CORESET#0之间的第一频率偏移值,以及CORESET#0与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值。进而根据第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置。在本实施例中,CORESET#0即为参考BWP。Optionally, the first frequency offset value between the SSB and CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value between CORESET#0 and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel may be determined through the MIB. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. In this embodiment, CORESET#0 is the reference BWP.
本申请实施例中,提供了一种新的方案,通过MIB中的现有字段索引来确定业务信道的频域起始位置。MIB中的现有字段索引为PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero,针对SSB和CORESET#0的不同的子载波间隔,本申请实施例提供了一种根据MIB中的现有字段索引确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值的方案,具体可以参考表1至表4所示。In the embodiment of this application, a new solution is provided to determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel through the existing field index in the MIB. The existing field index in the MIB is PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero. For the different subcarrier intervals of SSB and CORESET#0, the embodiment of the present application provides a method to determine the first field index based on the existing field index in the MIB. For the scheme of the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value, please refer to Table 1 to Table 4 for details.
可选地,表格只是示例一种偏移的确定方式,具体取值可根据实际应用场景确定,比如根据终端设备具体的预存带宽大小,终端设备的数量等。Optionally, the table is just an example of how to determine the offset. The specific value can be determined according to the actual application scenario, such as the specific pre-stored bandwidth size of the terminal device, the number of terminal devices, etc.
可选地,由MIB中的字段PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero确定行索引,然后根据行索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔,确定第一频率偏移值和/或第二频率偏移值。可选地,第一频率偏移值为SSB与参考BWP之间的频率偏移值,第二频率偏移值为参考BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移值。Optionally, determine the row index from the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB, and then determine the first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency according to the row index and the subcarrier spacing of the SSB and the reference BWP offset value. Optionally, the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP, and the second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
第一频率偏移值与索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔之间存在预设对应关系,第二频率偏移值与索引以及SSB和参考BWP的子载波间隔之间也存在预设对应关系,预设对应关系可以参见上述表1至表4示例。在根据MIB确定索引后,可以根据SSB与参考BWP的子载波间隔,确定预设对应关系为表1至表4中的哪个表格指示的预设对应关系,从而可以进一步确定第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值。可选地,本申请实施例中的参考BWP为CORESET#0。There is a preset correspondence between the first frequency offset value and the index and the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP. There is also a preset correspondence between the second frequency offset value and the index and the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP. , the preset corresponding relationships can be found in Table 1 to Table 4 above for examples. After the index is determined according to the MIB, it can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing between the SSB and the reference BWP which table in Table 1 to Table 4 indicates the preset corresponding relationship, so that the first frequency offset value can be further determined. and a second frequency offset value. Optionally, the reference BWP in the embodiment of this application is CORESET#0.
由于第一频率偏移值为SSB与参考BWP之间的频率偏移值,因此根据第一频率偏移值可以确定参考BWP。而第二频率偏移值为参考BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移值,因此根据第二频率偏移值可以在参考BWP上确定业务信道的频域起始位置。即,此时业务信道的频域起始位置为第三频域起始位置,第三频域起始位置为从SSB的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。Since the first frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP, the reference BWP can be determined based on the first frequency offset value. The second frequency offset value is the frequency offset value between the reference BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel. Therefore, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP according to the second frequency offset value. That is, at this time, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel is the third frequency domain starting position, and the third frequency domain starting position is starting from the frequency domain starting position of the SSB, passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency The position after the offset value.
以一个具体的示例进行介绍。设SSB和CORESET#0的子载波间隔为{30,15}KHz,则预设对应关系由上述表1指示。设MIB中的字段PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero取值为0,即行索引为0。根据上表1可知,第一频率偏移值为2个RB,第二频率偏移值为10个RB。初始接入时,以CORESET#0所占的频域位置即为参考BWP所占用的频域位置,因此,根据上表1可知,在索引为0时,参考BWP(即CORESET#0)所占用的带宽包括48个RB。Let’s introduce it with a concrete example. Assuming that the subcarrier spacing of SSB and CORESET#0 is {30,15}KHz, the default corresponding relationship is indicated by the above Table 1. Assume that the field PDCCH-ConfigSIB1----->controlResourceSetZero in the MIB has a value of 0, that is, the row index is 0. According to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the first frequency offset value is 2 RBs, and the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. During initial access, the frequency domain position occupied by CORESET#0 is the frequency domain position occupied by the reference BWP. Therefore, according to Table 1 above, it can be seen that when the index is 0, the frequency domain position occupied by the reference BWP (i.e. CORESET#0) The bandwidth includes 48 RBs.
可选地,上述表1至表4示例的预设对应关系中,可以不包括索引和第二频率偏移值之间的对应关系,即上述表1至表4中可以不包括第五列。即第二频率偏移值offset2除了可以通过MIB中的索引确定外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第二预设值,或者为网络设备通过DCI配置的第二频率偏移值offset2,或者为终端设备根据信道状态从有限值集合中确定的数值。Optionally, the preset correspondence in the examples of Tables 1 to 4 may not include the correspondence between the index and the second frequency offset value, that is, the fifth column may not be included in Tables 1 to 4. That is, in addition to being determined by the index in the MIB, the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be the second preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or the second frequency offset value offset2 configured by the network device through DCI. Or it is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel status.
可选地,当第二频率偏移值为终端设备根据信道状态从有限值集合中确定的数值时,若信道状态较好,则终端设备可以选择第二频率偏移值来保证目标BWP靠近参考BWP的中心位置或边缘位置,若信道状态较差,则终端设备可以选择第二频率偏移值使得目标BWP靠近参考BWP的中心位置。可选地,信道状态可以根据RSRP或RSRQ确定。Optionally, when the second frequency offset value is a value determined by the terminal device from a limited value set according to the channel status, if the channel status is good, the terminal device can select the second frequency offset value to ensure that the target BWP is close to the reference If the channel status is poor at the center or edge position of the BWP, the terminal device can select a second frequency offset value to make the target BWP close to the center position of the reference BWP. Alternatively, the channel status may be determined based on RSRP or RSRQ.
可选地,第二频率偏移值offset2可以为第二预设值,该第二预设值可以是一个网络设备和终端设备之间约定的固定值,也可以是根据终端设备的信道状态从有限值集合中选取的数值,等等。Optionally, the second frequency offset value offset2 may be a second preset value. The second preset value may be a fixed value agreed between the network device and the terminal device, or may be a value determined from the channel state of the terminal device. A numerical value selected from a finite set of values, etc.
可选地,第二频率偏移值为通过DCI配置的值。例如,可以在DCI中新增2比特域用于 指示第二频率偏移值offset2的大小。例如当新增的2比特域为00时,表示offset2=2RB,当新增的2比特域为01时,表示offset2=5RB,当新增的2比特域为10时,表示offset2=6RB,当新增的2比特域为11时,表示offset2=10RB,等等。需要说明的是,上述DCI中新增的2比特域以及2比特域和offset2的取值之间的对应关系仅仅为一个示例,并不构成实际的限定。DCI中例如也可以新增3比特域、4比特域等用于指示第二频率偏移值offset2的大小,DCI中的比特域与第二频率偏移值offset2的取值的对应关系也可以根据需要设定。Optionally, the second frequency offset value is a value configured through DCI. For example, a new 2-bit field can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2. For example, when the new 2-bit field is 00, it means offset2=2RB. When the new 2-bit field is 01, it means offset2=5RB. When the new 2-bit field is 10, it means offset2=6RB. When the new 2-bit field is 11, it means offset2=10RB, and so on. It should be noted that the newly added 2-bit field in the above DCI and the corresponding relationship between the 2-bit field and the value of offset2 are only an example and do not constitute an actual limitation. For example, a 3-bit field, a 4-bit field, etc. can be added to the DCI to indicate the size of the second frequency offset value offset2. The corresponding relationship between the bit field in the DCI and the value of the second frequency offset value offset2 can also be based on Requires setting.
在根据索引确定SSB与CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP之间的第一频率偏移值,以及CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP与业务信道之间的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值后,可以根据第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值确定业务信道的频域起始位置,下面将结合图5对该过程进行介绍。The first frequency offset value between the SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is determined according to the index, and the second frequency between the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 and the starting position of the frequency domain between the traffic channel After the offset value is determined, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined based on the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value. This process will be introduced below with reference to Figure 5 .
如图5所示,左边为SSB所占用的带宽,SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置假设已知,即图5中的L1处。As shown in Figure 5, the left side is the bandwidth occupied by SSB. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by SSB is assumed to be known, that is, L1 in Figure 5.
在根据索引确定第一频率偏移值offset1后,由于第一频率偏移值offset1为SSB与CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP之间的频率偏移,因此根据第一频率偏移值offset1和SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置可以得到CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的频域起始位置,即图5中的L0处。After determining the first frequency offset value offset1 according to the index, since the first frequency offset value offset1 is the frequency offset between SSB and the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, therefore, according to the first frequency offset value offset1 and SSB The frequency domain starting position of the occupied bandwidth can be obtained by the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0, which is L0 in Figure 5.
根据上表1可知,CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的大小为48个RB,而CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的频域起始位置为图5中的L0处,因此根据CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的大小和对应的频域起始位置可以确定CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP(图5中的L0至L4处),即图5中的RB0-RB47,总共48个RB。According to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the size of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 48 RBs, and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is L0 in Figure 5. Therefore, according to the location of CORESET#0 The size of the occupied reference BWP and the corresponding starting position in the frequency domain can determine the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 (from L0 to L4 in Figure 5), that is, RB0-RB47 in Figure 5, a total of 48 RBs.
在图5示例了初始接入中使用CORESET#0作为参考BWP的场景,需要在CORESET#0所确定的参考BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。如上所述,根据第一频率偏移值和SSB所占用的带宽的频域起始位置确定CORESET#0也即参考BWP的频域起始位置,然后根据第二频率偏移值offset2和参考BWP的频域起始位置即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置。Figure 5 illustrates the scenario of using CORESET#0 as the reference BWP in initial access. The target BWP occupied by the service channel needs to be determined on the reference BWP determined by CORESET#0. As mentioned above, CORESET#0, which is the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP, is determined based on the first frequency offset value and the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the SSB, and then based on the second frequency offset value offset2 and the reference BWP The starting position of the frequency domain can determine the starting position of the frequency domain of the service channel.
当索引为0时,根据上表1可知第二频率偏移值为10个RB,因此根据第二频率偏移值offset2可以确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置为图5中的L2处,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置与CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP的频域起始位置之间的第二频率偏移值offset2为10个RB。When the index is 0, according to Table 1 above, it can be seen that the second frequency offset value is 10 RBs. Therefore, according to the second frequency offset value offset2, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is as shown in Figure 5 At L2, the second frequency offset value offset2 between the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel and the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP occupied by CORESET#0 is 10 RBs.
在确定了业务信道所占用的目标BWP的第三频域起始位置后,根据该第三频域起始位置和带宽大小即可在参考BWP上确定该业务信道所占用的目标BWP,即业务信道所占用的目标BWP为从对应的第三频域起始位置开始起经过该带宽大小对应的带宽。After determining the third frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the reference BWP based on the third frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size, that is, the service The target BWP occupied by the channel is the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth size starting from the corresponding starting position of the third frequency domain.
例如在图5中,以业务信道子载波间隔为15KHz为例,目标BWP的带宽大小为5MHz为例,即相当于目标带宽大小为25个RB,因此业务信道所占用的目标BWP为从第10个RB开始至第34个RB之间的带宽,即图5中的阴影部分示意(从L2处至L3处)。For example, in Figure 5, taking the sub-carrier spacing of the business channel as 15KHz as an example and the bandwidth size of the target BWP as 5MHz, it is equivalent to a target bandwidth size of 25 RBs. Therefore, the target BWP occupied by the business channel is from the 10th The bandwidth between the beginning of the first RB and the 34th RB is represented by the shaded area in Figure 5 (from L2 to L3).
本申请实施例中,通过MIB中的现有字段索引,提供了一种新的映射表格(即表1至表4),在不改变MIB中信令字段的大小和含义的前提下,能够实现对不同类型的终端设备的共存。针对普通设备而言,根据MIB中的字段索引可以在上述映射表格中确定第一频率偏移值以及CORESET#0所占RB的数量,从而确定CORESET#0对应的带宽,CORESET#0对应的带宽也即为普通设备的业务信道所占的目标BWP。In the embodiment of this application, a new mapping table (i.e., Table 1 to Table 4) is provided through the existing field index in the MIB, which can be implemented without changing the size and meaning of the signaling fields in the MIB. Coexistence of different types of terminal equipment. For ordinary equipment, the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0 can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB, thereby determining the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0 and the bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0. That is, the target BWP occupied by the business channel of ordinary equipment.
针对轻型设备而言,本申请实施例在原有映射表格的基础上增加了一列用于反映索引和第二频率偏移值的关系。根据MIB中的字段索引可以在上述映射表格中确定第一频率偏移值、CORESET#0所占RB的数量以及第二频率偏移值。根据第一频率偏移值以及CORESET#0所占RB的数量可以确定CORESET#0对应的带宽,也即初始接入中的参考BWP。再根据参考BWP的频域起始位置及第二频率偏移值可以确定轻型能力设备的业务信道的频域起始位置,同时结合目标BWP的预设带宽大小在CORESET#0所确定的参考BWP上确定目标BWP的位置。For lightweight equipment, the embodiment of the present application adds a column to the original mapping table to reflect the relationship between the index and the second frequency offset value. The first frequency offset value, the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0, and the second frequency offset value can be determined in the above mapping table according to the field index in the MIB. The bandwidth corresponding to CORESET#0, that is, the reference BWP in initial access, can be determined according to the first frequency offset value and the number of RBs occupied by CORESET#0. Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel of the light-capable device can be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the reference BWP and the second frequency offset value. At the same time, the reference BWP determined in CORESET#0 is combined with the preset bandwidth size of the target BWP. Determine the location of the target BWP.
在图5实施例中介绍了根据MIB中的索引确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置,进而根据业务信道的频域起始位置以及目标BWP的带宽大小,在参考BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。第一消息除了可以包括MIB外,还可以包括系统消息,下面将介绍根据系统消息确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。In the embodiment of Figure 5, it is introduced that the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined according to the index in the MIB, and then determined on the reference BWP according to the frequency domain starting position of the service channel and the bandwidth size of the target BWP. The target BWP scheme occupied by the traffic channel. In addition to the MIB, the first message may also include system messages. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel based on the system messages.
可选地,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,根据上述至少一项可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置。Optionally, the system message includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel can be determined according to at least one of the above items.
可选地,系统消息包括RRC消息和/或SIB。即,RRC消息中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,和/或,SIB中包括第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项。Optionally, the system messages include RRC messages and/or SIBs. That is, the RRC message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP. item, and/or the SIB includes the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value and the size of the reference BWP at least one of.
可选地,参考BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the reference BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,参考BWP为第一BWP或第二BWP,可选地,第一BWP为与初始BWP在同一时隙的BWP,第二BWP为与初始BWP存在时隙偏移的BWP。Optionally, the reference BWP is a first BWP or a second BWP. Optionally, the first BWP is a BWP in the same time slot as the initial BWP, and the second BWP is a BWP with a time slot offset from the initial BWP.
可选地,第一BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小,第二BWP大于或等于带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is greater than or equal to the bandwidth size.
可选地,终端设备根据第一消息确定业务信道的频域起始位置,然后根据业务信道的频域起始位置和/或带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。Optionally, the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the service channel.
可选地,终端设备根据第一消息确定业务信道的频域起始位置,然后根据业务信道的频域起始位置和/或带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。Optionally, the terminal device determines the frequency domain starting position of the service channel according to the first message, and then determines the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the service channel.
首先介绍BWP为第一BWP时,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的带宽的方案。First, the solution of determining the bandwidth occupied by the service channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和第三频率偏移值offset3中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值中的至少一项,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。 In an implementation manner, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3. The terminal device can use the first starting resource according to At least one of the block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value and the third frequency offset value determines the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel.
可选地,第三频率偏移值offset3除了可以通过系统消息(包括RRC消息或SIB)配置外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第三预设值,或者为网络设备通过DCI配置的第三频率偏移值offset3。Optionally, in addition to being configured through system messages (including RRC messages or SIBs), the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device. The third frequency offset value offset3.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start用于确定第一BWP的频域起始位置,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start之后的位置。 Optionally, the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is the common resource grid. The reference point starts passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the position after the first carrier offset value RB start .
可选地,第一BWP的大小为大于或等于目标BWP的带宽大小。例如,若目标BWP的带宽大小为5MHz,则第一BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz,如10MHz、20MHz等等。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the bandwidth size of the target BWP. For example, if the bandwidth size of the target BWP is 5 MHz, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5 MHz, such as 10 MHz, 20 MHz, and so on.
可选地,第三频率偏移值为第一BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移。在根据第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值确定第一BWP的频域起始位置后,可以根据第一BWP的频域起始位置与第三频率偏移值,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。然后,根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。下面将结合图6进行介绍。Optionally, the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the first BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel. After determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value, the traffic channel may be determined based on the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value. Frequency domain starting position. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the traffic channel, the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel is determined on the first BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 6.
如图6所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。As shown in Figure 6, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图6的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和第三频率偏移值offset3,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第一BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 6, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the third frequency offset value offset3. After receiving the system message, the terminal device The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP can be determined based on the position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图6中,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点(即图6中的L0处)开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图6中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值指示。第一BWP为图6中从L2至L5处对应的频带。然后,根据第一BWP的频域起始位置L2和第三频率偏移值offset3,即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置为图6中的L3处,业务信道的频域起始位置为从第一BWP的频域起始位置开始经过第三频率偏移值后的位置。 For example, in Figure 6, the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 6), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value The position after RB start is L2 in Figure 6, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position, and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value. The first BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in Figure 6 . Then, according to the frequency domain starting position L2 of the first BWP and the third frequency offset value offset3, it can be determined that the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is L3 in Figure 6, and the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value.
综上所述,业务信道的频域起始位置为第一频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值之后的位置。To sum up, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图6中阴影部分示意,目标BWP为从L3处至L4处对应的频带,其带宽大小为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel. As shown in the shaded part in Figure 6, the target BWP is The bandwidth of the corresponding frequency band from L3 to L4 is 5MHz.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap中的至少一项,终端设备 可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap中的至少一项,确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap, the terminal device can be based on the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one item in redcap determines the frequency domain starting position of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第一BWP的频域起始位置,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第一BWP的大小大于或等于预设带宽大小。例如,若预设带宽大小为5MHz,则第一BWP的大小大于或等于5MHz,如10MHz、20MHz等等。根据第一BWP的频域起始位置和第一BWP的大小,可以确定第一BWP所在的带宽。Optionally, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size. For example, if the preset bandwidth size is 5MHz, the size of the first BWP is greater than or equal to 5MHz, such as 10MHz, 20MHz, and so on. According to the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined.
可选地,第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值用于确定业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置,业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network. The common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
可选地,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的大小例如可以为5MHz或者小于5MHz的带宽大小。Optionally, the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel may be, for example, 5 MHz or a bandwidth size less than 5 MHz.
可选地,在根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值以及第一BWP的大小确定第一BWP所在的带宽后,可以根据第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和带宽大小,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,且目标BWP位于参考BWP。下面将结合图7进行介绍。Optionally, after determining the bandwidth where the first BWP is located based on the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, and the size of the first BWP, the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the second starting resource block position. and bandwidth size, determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the first BWP, and the target BWP is located at the reference BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 7.
如图7所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。As shown in Figure 7, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图7的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第一BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 7, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, After receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图7中,第一BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点(即图7中的L0处)开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图7中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。由于第一BWP的大小是已知的,例如为20MHz,因此在确定第一BWP的频域起始位置之后,根据第一BWP的大小可以确定第一BWP所在的带宽,即图7中的L2处至L6处对应的频带。 For example, in Figure 7, the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid (ie, L0 in Figure 7), passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value The position after RB start , that is, L2 in Figure 7, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start instruction. Since the size of the first BWP is known, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the frequency domain starting position of the first BWP, the bandwidth where the first BWP is located can be determined based on the size of the first BWP, that is, L2 in Figure 7 to the corresponding frequency band at L6.
然后根据第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置,如图7所示,业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置为第二频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap之后的位置,即图7中的L4处。其中L0和L3之间的偏移由第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap指示,L3和L4之间的偏移由第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap指示 Then according to the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined. As shown in Figure 7, the frequency domain of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel The starting position is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, L4 in Figure 7. The offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图7中阴影部分示意,业务信道所占用的目标BWP为图7中从L4至L5处对应的频带,其大小例如可以为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the first BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as indicated by the shaded part in Figure 7. The occupied target BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L4 to L5 in Figure 7, and its size may be, for example, 5 MHz.
在上述实施例中,介绍了BWP为第一BWP时,在第一BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。下面将介绍BWP为第二BWP时,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP的方案。In the above embodiment, the solution of determining the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel on the first BWP when the BWP is the first BWP is introduced. The following will introduce a solution for determining the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP when the BWP is the second BWP.
可选地,第二BWP为通过系统消息定义的用于PDSCH传输的分离BWP#X(X不等于0)或新的用于PDSCH业务传输的BWP,而PDCCH到PDSCH的调度时间K0需要满足BWP切换的时间,即K0需要大于或等于某一预设值,K0为时延参数。Optionally, the second BWP is a separate BWP# The switching time, that is, K0 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K0 is the delay parameter.
可选地,第二BWP为通过系统消息定义的用于PUSCH传输的分离BWP#X(X不等于0)或新的用于PUSCH业务传输的BWP,而PDCCH到PUSCH的调度时间K2需要满足BWP切换的时间,即K2需要大于或等于某一预设值,K2为时延参数。Optionally, the second BWP is a separate BWP# The switching time, that is, K2 needs to be greater than or equal to a certain preset value, and K2 is the delay parameter.
根据时延参数可以确定第二BWP的时域位置,而根据系统消息可以确定第二BWP的频域位置。The time domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the delay parameter, and the frequency domain position of the second BWP can be determined according to the system message.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start和BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移 值RB start和BWP的大小中的至少一项可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,且第二BWP的频域起始位置即为业务信道的频域起始位置,第二BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,第二BWP即为业务信道所占用的目标BWP。 In an implementation manner, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP. The terminal device can determine the first starting resource block position O carrier according to the first starting resource block position O carrier , at least one of the first carrier offset value RB start and the size of the BWP can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP, and the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel , the size of the second BWP is the preset bandwidth size, and the second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel.
如图8所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。As shown in Figure 8, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图8的示例中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图8中的L2处,第二BWP的时域位置为根据时延参数确定的时域位置,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。 In the example of Figure 8, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 8 At L2 in , the time domain position of the second BWP is the time domain position determined according to the delay parameter, where the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 The shift is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start .
可选地,当业务信道为PDSCH时,时延参数为K0,K0为PDSCH和PDCCH之间的时延。Optionally, when the traffic channel is PDSCH, the delay parameter is K0, and K0 is the delay between PDSCH and PDCCH.
可选地,当业务信道为PUSCH时,时延参数为K2,K2为PUSCH和PDCCH之间的时延。Optionally, when the traffic channel is PUSCH, the delay parameter is K2, and K2 is the delay between PUSCH and PDCCH.
在图8的示例中,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中配置的参考BWP的大小,同时由于其第二BWP的大小为带宽大小,所以第二BWP也是目标BWP。通过时延参数,业务信道和PDCCH之间存在时延,此时业务信道和PDCCH之间可以在频域上重叠,也可以位于不同的频域位置。图8示例的方案中,目标BWP带宽大小为5MHz,第二BWP的大小也为5MHz,第二BWP即为业务信道所占用的目标BWP,即图8中从L2至L3处对应的带宽。图8示例的方案中,第二BWP为参考BWP,且参考BWP的大小为预设带宽大小,即参考BWP的大小与目标BWP的大小相等,此时,参考BWP即为目标BWP。即图8示例的方案中,第二BWP既为参考BWP,也为目标BWP。In the example of FIG. 8 , the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP configured in the system message. At the same time, because the size of the second BWP is the bandwidth size, the second BWP is also the target BWP. Through the delay parameter, there is a delay between the traffic channel and the PDCCH. At this time, the traffic channel and the PDCCH can overlap in the frequency domain, or they can be located in different frequency domain positions. In the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the target BWP bandwidth size is 5 MHz, and the size of the second BWP is also 5 MHz. The second BWP is the target BWP occupied by the service channel, that is, the corresponding bandwidth from L2 to L3 in Figure 8. In the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is the reference BWP, and the size of the reference BWP is the preset bandwidth size, that is, the size of the reference BWP is equal to the size of the target BWP. At this time, the reference BWP is the target BWP. That is, in the solution illustrated in Figure 8, the second BWP is both the reference BWP and the target BWP.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3以及BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3和BWP的大小确定业务信道的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes at least one of the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP, and the terminal device can according to The first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the BWP determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel.
可选地,第三频率偏移值offset3除了可以通过系统消息(包括RRC消息或SIB1)配置外,还可以为终端设备和网络设备约定的第三预设值,或者为网络设备通过DCI配置的第三频率偏移值offset3。Optionally, in addition to being configured through system messages (including RRC messages or SIB1), the third frequency offset value offset3 can also be a third preset value agreed between the terminal device and the network device, or configured through DCI for the network device. The third frequency offset value offset3.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中指示的参考BWP的大小。Optionally, the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message.
可选地,第三频率偏移值为第二BWP与业务信道的频域起始位置之间的频率偏移。在根据第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值确定第二BWP的频域起始位置后,可以根据第二BWP的频域起始位置和第二BWP的大小确定第二BWP所占用的带宽,然后根据第二BWP的频域起始位置与第三频率偏移值,确定业务信道的频域起始位置。然后,根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。下面将结合图9进行介绍。Optionally, the third frequency offset value is a frequency offset between the second BWP and the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel. After determining the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP according to the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP can be determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. bandwidth, and then determine the frequency domain starting position of the service channel based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the third frequency offset value. Then, according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel is determined on the second BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 9.
如图9所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。As shown in Figure 9, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图9的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第三频率偏移值offset3和参考BWP的大小,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 9, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the third frequency offset value offset3 and the size of the reference BWP. After receiving the system message, the terminal device The first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP.
例如在图9中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图9中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。然后,根据第二BWP的频域起始位置(图9中的L2处)和第三频率偏移值offset3,即可确定业务信道的频域起始位置,业务信道的频域起始位置为从第二BWP的频域起始位置开始经过第三频率偏移值后的位置,即图9中的L3处。第二BWP对应的频带为图9中从L2处至L5处对应的频带,其大小例如可以为20MHz。 For example, in Figure 9, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 9 At L2 in , the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start . Then, based on the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP (at L2 in Figure 9) and the third frequency offset value offset3, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined. The frequency domain starting position of the service channel is The position starting from the starting position of the frequency domain of the second BWP and passing through the third frequency offset value is the position L3 in Figure 9. The frequency band corresponding to the second BWP is the frequency band corresponding to L2 to L5 in FIG. 9 , and its size may be, for example, 20 MHz.
综上所述,业务信道的频域起始位置为第一频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值和第三频率偏移值之后的位置。To sum up, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the first frequency domain starting position, that is, starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the third frequency The position after the offset value.
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图9中阴影部分示意,为从L3至L4对应的频带。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 9, which is from L3 to the frequency band corresponding to L4.
在一种实现方式中,系统消息中包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备可以根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,确定业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置。 In one implementation, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the second carrier offset value RB start - At least one of redcap and the size of the reference BWP, the terminal device can select the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, and the size of the reference BWP. At least one item of , determines the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel.
可选地,第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值用于确定第二BWP的频域起始位置,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置和第一载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the first starting resource block position and the first carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP. The frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is starting from the common reference point of the resource grid. The first starting resource block position and the position after the first carrier offset value.
可选地,第二BWP的大小为系统消息中指示的参考BWP的大小。根据第二BWP的频域起始位置和第二BWP的大小,可以确定第二BWP所在的带宽。Optionally, the size of the second BWP is the size of the reference BWP indicated in the system message. According to the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located can be determined.
可选地,第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值用于确定业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置,业务信道所占用的带宽的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置和第二载波偏移值之后的位置。Optionally, the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value are used to determine the frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel. The frequency domain starting position of the bandwidth occupied by the service channel is the slave resource network. The common reference point of the grid starts passing through the second starting resource block position and the position after the second carrier offset value.
可选地,业务信道所占用的目标BWP的大小例如可以为小于或等于5MHz的值。Optionally, the size of the target BWP occupied by the traffic channel may be, for example, a value less than or equal to 5 MHz.
可选地,在根据第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值以及第二BWP的大小确定第二BWP所在的带宽后,可以根据第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值和带宽大小,在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP。下面将结合图10进行介绍。Optionally, after determining the bandwidth of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, and the size of the second BWP, the bandwidth may be determined based on the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value and bandwidth size, and determine the target BWP occupied by the service channel on the second BWP. The following will be introduced in conjunction with Figure 10.
如图10所示,L0处为资源网格的公共参考点,其对应的频域位置是已知的。As shown in Figure 10, L0 is the common reference point of the resource grid, and its corresponding frequency domain position is known.
图10的示例中,系统消息包括第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start、第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap和参考BWP的大小中的至少一项,终端设备在接收到系统消息后,根据第一起始资源块位置O carrier、第一载波偏移值RB start,可以确定第二BWP的频域起始位置。 In the example of Figure 10, the system message includes the first starting resource block position O carrier , the first carrier offset value RB start , the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap, the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap and Referring to at least one of the BWP sizes, after receiving the system message, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP based on the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start .
例如在图10中,第二BWP的频域起始位置为从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第一起始资源块位置O carrier和第一载波偏移值RB start后的位置,即图10中的L2处,其中L0和L1之间的偏移由第一起始资源块位置O carrier指示,L1和L2之间的偏移由第一载波偏移值RB start指示。由于第二BWP的大小系统消息指示的,例如可以为20MHz,因此在确定第二BWP的频域起始位置之后,根据第二BWP的大小可以确定第二BWP所在的带宽。在图10中,第二BWP所在的带宽为从L2至L6处对应的频带。 For example, in Figure 10, the frequency domain starting position of the second BWP is the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the first starting resource block position O carrier and the first carrier offset value RB start , that is, Figure 10 At L2 in , the offset between L0 and L1 is indicated by the first starting resource block position O carrier , and the offset between L1 and L2 is indicated by the first carrier offset value RB start . Since the size of the second BWP indicated by the system message may be, for example, 20 MHz, after determining the starting position of the second BWP in the frequency domain, the bandwidth in which the second BWP is located may be determined based on the size of the second BWP. In Figure 10, the bandwidth where the second BWP is located is the corresponding frequency band from L2 to L6.
然后根据第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和、第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap可以确定业务信道的频域起始位置,如图10所示,业务信道的频域起始位置为第二频域起始位置,即从资源网格的公共参考点开始经过第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap和第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap之后的位置,即图10中的L4处。其中L0和L3之间的偏移由第二起始资源块位置O carrier-redcap指示,L3和L4之间的偏移由第二载波偏移值RB start-redcap指示 Then, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel can be determined according to the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap. As shown in Figure 10, the frequency domain starting position of the service channel is the second frequency domain starting position, that is, the position starting from the common reference point of the resource grid and passing through the second starting resource block position O carrier -redcap and the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap, that is, in Figure 10 at L4. The offset between L0 and L3 is indicated by the second start resource block position O carrier -redcap, and the offset between L3 and L4 is indicated by the second carrier offset value RB start -redcap
在确定业务信道的频域起始位置后,可以根据业务信道的频域起始位置和带宽大小在第二BWP上确定业务信道所占用的目标BWP,如图10中阴影部分示意,为从L4至L5处对应的频带,大小可以为5MHz。After determining the frequency domain starting position of the service channel, the target BWP occupied by the service channel can be determined on the second BWP according to the frequency domain starting position and bandwidth size of the service channel, as shown in the shaded part in Figure 10, which is from L4 The corresponding frequency band to L5 can be 5MHz in size.
在一种实现方式中,第一消息中包括指示信息,参考BWP上包括N个待选BWP,各待选BWP的大小均为预设带宽大小,根据指示信息可以在N个待选BWP中确定目标BWP的频域位置,可选地,N=Floor(S/M),S为参考带宽的大小,M为目标BWP的大小(即预设带宽大小),Floor表示向下取整,参考BWP的大小和目标BWP的大小均通过RB的数量来表示。N个待选BWP中的第一个BWP在参考BWP上的起始位置为第L+1个RB。L的取值取决于保护带宽的大小,例如当参考BWP下边缘的保护带宽为0个RB,则L=0,例如当参考BWP下边缘的保护带宽为3个RB,则L=3等等。L的取值也可以采用公式确定,例如则L=(S mod M)/2。In one implementation, the first message includes indication information. The reference BWP includes N candidate BWPs. The size of each candidate BWP is a preset bandwidth size. According to the indication information, it can be determined among the N candidate BWPs. Frequency domain position of the target BWP, optionally, N=Floor(S/M), S is the size of the reference bandwidth, M is the size of the target BWP (that is, the preset bandwidth size), Floor means rounding down, reference BWP The size of and the size of the target BWP are both represented by the number of RBs. The starting position of the first BWP among the N candidate BWPs on the reference BWP is the L+1th RB. The value of L depends on the size of the protection bandwidth. For example, when the protection bandwidth at the lower edge of the reference BWP is 0 RBs, then L=0. For example, when the protection bandwidth at the lower edge of the reference BWP is 3 RBs, then L=3, etc. . The value of L can also be determined using a formula, for example, L=(S mod M)/2.
公式中参考带宽的大小S取值对应的子载波间隔需与目标BWP的大小M对应的子载波间隔保持一致,且以目标BWP的子载波间隔为基准。如参考BWP的大小S是20MHz,子载波间隔为15KHz,而目标BWP的大小M是5MHz,子载波间隔为30KHz,则公式中的参 考BWP S的取值为51RB,而不是106RB。The subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size S of the reference bandwidth in the formula needs to be consistent with the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the size M of the target BWP, and is based on the subcarrier spacing of the target BWP. For example, if the size S of the reference BWP is 20MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz, and the size M of the target BWP is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 30KHz, then the value of the reference BWP S in the formula is 51RB, not 106RB.
可选地,第一消息为SIB1或RRC消息。Optionally, the first message is a SIB1 or RRC message.
设目标BWP的大小为M个RB,则针对任意待选BWP,该待选BWP中包括的M个RB可以相邻,也可以间隔设置。下面将结合图11和图12对该实现方式进行介绍。Assume that the size of the target BWP is M RBs, then for any candidate BWP, the M RBs included in the candidate BWP can be adjacent or set at intervals. This implementation will be introduced below with reference to Figures 11 and 12.
如图11所示,可以通过第一消息中新增比特的方式指示目标BWP在参考BWP中的位置,设参考BWP和目标BWP的子载波间隔为15KHz,参考BWP的大小为20MHz=106RB,目标BWP大小为5MHz=25RB,则N=Floor(106/25)=4,L=(106mod25)/2=3,即参考BWP上包括N=4个待选BWP,通过2比特指示4个待选BWP中哪一个是目标BWP,4个待选BWP参见图11中的阴影部分示意。As shown in Figure 11, the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message. Assume that the subcarrier spacing between the reference BWP and the target BWP is 15KHz, and the size of the reference BWP is 20MHz=106RB. The BWP size is 5MHz=25RB, then N=Floor(106/25)=4, L=(106mod25)/2=3, that is, the reference BWP includes N=4 candidate BWPs, and 4 candidates are indicated by 2 bits Which of the BWPs is the target BWP? See the shaded part in Figure 11 for the four candidate BWPs.
当比特为00时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第1个待选BWP;当比特为01时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第2个待选BWP;当比特为10时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第3个待选BWP;当比特为11时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图11中的第4个待选BWP。When the bit is 00, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 11; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 11.
在图11的示例中,各待选BWP中包括的M个RB相邻。第k个待选BWP的频域位置为参考BWP中第L+(k-1)*M+1个RB至第L+k*M个RB对应的带宽部分,k取值为1,2....,N。In the example of FIG. 11, M RBs included in each candidate BWP are adjacent. The frequency domain position of the k-th candidate BWP is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th RB to the L+k*Mth RB in the reference BWP, and the value of k is 1, 2.. ..,N.
在图11中,参考BWP的大小S=106RB,预设带宽大小M=25,L=(106mod25)/2=3,若目标BWP为第一个待选BWP,即k=1,则目标BWP包含的RB为参考带宽中第L+1个RB至第L+25个RB。In Figure 11, the reference BWP size S=106RB, the default bandwidth size M=25, L=(106mod25)/2=3, if the target BWP is the first candidate BWP, that is, k=1, then the target BWP The included RBs are the L+1th RB to the L+25th RB in the reference bandwidth.
如图12所示,可以通过第一消息中新增比特的方式指示目标BWP在参考BWP中的位置,以参考BWP和目标BWP的子载波间隔为15KHz,参考BWP大小为20MHz=106RB,目标BWP大小为5MHz=25RB为例,则N=Floor(106/25)=4,L=(106mod25)/2=3,则参考BWP上包括N=4个待选BWP,通过2比特指示,参考BWP的两端各预留L=3RB的保护RB,即图12中的阴影部分示意。As shown in Figure 12, the position of the target BWP in the reference BWP can be indicated by adding a new bit in the first message. The subcarrier spacing between the reference BWP and the target BWP is 15KHz, the size of the reference BWP is 20MHz=106RB, and the target BWP Taking the size of 5MHz=25RB as an example, then N=Floor(106/25)=4, L=(106mod25)/2=3, then the reference BWP includes N=4 candidate BWPs, indicated by 2 bits, reference BWP L = 3 RB protection RBs are reserved at both ends of , which is indicated by the shaded part in Figure 12 .
当比特为00时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第1个待选BWP;当比特为01时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第2个待选BWP;当比特为10时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第3个待选BWP;当比特为11时,指示信息指示目标BWP为图12中的第4个待选BWP。When the bit is 00, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the first candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 01, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the second candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 10 When the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the third candidate BWP in Figure 12; when the bit is 11, the indication information indicates that the target BWP is the fourth candidate BWP in Figure 12.
在图12的示例中,各待选BWP中包括的M个RB并不相邻,而是间隔设置。第k个待选BWP包含的RB为参考BWP中的第L+k+N*i个RB,可选地,i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,M为正整数。In the example of FIG. 12 , the M RBs included in each candidate BWP are not adjacent, but are arranged at intervals. The RB included in the k-th candidate BWP is the L+k+N*i-th RB in the reference BWP. Optionally, i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1, and M is a positive integer. .
在图12中,保护RB数L=3,参考BWP包含N=4个待选BWP,待选BWP包括的RB数M=25,以第一个待选BWP为目标BWP为例,即k=1为例,则目标BWP频域范围为参考BWP中的第L+1个RB、第L+5个RB、.....第L+96个RB和第L+97个RB。In Figure 12, the number of protection RBs is L=3, the reference BWP contains N=4 candidate BWPs, and the number of RBs included in the candidate BWP is M=25. Taking the first candidate BWP as the target BWP as an example, that is, k= 1 is used as an example, the target BWP frequency domain range is the L+1th RB, L+5th RB, .....L+96th RB, and L+97th RB in the reference BWP.
图11、图12以保护RB分散位于参考BWP的两侧为例进行介绍,事实上,保护RB还可以集中分布在参考BWP的频域边缘,比如频域上边缘或频域下边缘,保护RB也可以集中或部分分布在参考BWP中间或参考BWP中的任意位置。保护RB的位置不同,上述实例中的L的取值不同,比如保护RB集中分布在参考BWP的上边缘,则L=0,即L的取值取决于参考BWP的下边缘保护RB的数目,L为参考BWP的下边缘至第1个待选BWP之间包括的RB的数量。Figure 11 and Figure 12 take the protection RBs scattered on both sides of the reference BWP as an example. In fact, the protection RBs can also be concentrated at the frequency domain edge of the reference BWP, such as the upper edge or the lower edge of the frequency domain. The protection RBs It can also be concentrated or partially distributed in the middle of the reference BWP or at any position in the reference BWP. The position of the protection RB is different, and the value of L in the above example is different. For example, the protection RB is concentrated on the upper edge of the reference BWP, then L=0, that is, the value of L depends on the number of protection RBs on the lower edge of the reference BWP. L is the number of RBs included between the lower edge of the reference BWP and the first candidate BWP.
待选BWP除了可以采用图11的相邻RB的分布形式和间隔N个RB的形式,还可以是待选BWP部分分布的形式,例如可以参考图13理解。In addition to the distribution form of adjacent RBs and the form separated by N RBs as shown in Figure 11, the candidate BWPs can also be in the form of partial distribution of candidate BWPs, which can be understood with reference to Figure 13, for example.
如图13所示,预设带宽大小为5MHz,子载波间隔为15KHz,则5MHz带宽内有25个RB,将25个RB进行分组,每5个连续RB构成25个RB的一组,25个RB共5个连续的5RB组,以参考BWP为20MHz=106个RB,且子载波间隔为15KHz为例,则N=Floor(106/25)=4个待选BWP的分布如图13中所示。针对任意一个待选BWP,该待选BWP中包括25个RB,这25个RB分为5个部分,每个部分中包括5个RB,每个部分中的5个RB是连续的,但待选BWP中的这5个部分是分散设置的。As shown in Figure 13, the default bandwidth size is 5MHz and the subcarrier spacing is 15KHz. Then there are 25 RBs in the 5MHz bandwidth. The 25 RBs are grouped. Every 5 consecutive RBs form a group of 25 RBs. 25 There are 5 consecutive 5RB groups of RBs. Taking the reference BWP as 20MHz=106 RBs and the subcarrier spacing as 15KHz as an example, then N=Floor(106/25)=4 candidate BWPs are distributed as shown in Figure 13 Show. For any candidate BWP, the candidate BWP includes 25 RBs. These 25 RBs are divided into 5 parts. Each part includes 5 RBs. The 5 RBs in each part are consecutive. These 5 parts in the selected BWP are set up dispersedly.
本申请实施例提供的处理方法,首先网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备在接收到第一消息后,根据第一消息和带宽大小,即可在参考BWP上确定业务信道和/或参考信 号所占用的目标BWP,从而实现业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。本申请实施例的方案,在针对SSB和CORESET#0所占用的参考BWP大于或等于业务信道所占用的目标BWP的场景,根据第一消息和带宽大小即可确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标BWP,实现了业务信道和/或参考信号的调度或传输。In the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, first the network device sends a first message to the terminal device. After receiving the first message, the terminal device can determine the service channel and/or the service channel on the reference BWP according to the first message and the bandwidth size. The target BWP occupied by the reference signal, thereby realizing the scheduling or transmission of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. According to the solution of the embodiment of the present application, in the scenario where the reference BWP occupied by SSB and CORESET#0 is greater than or equal to the target BWP occupied by the service channel, the location of the service channel and/or reference signal can be determined based on the first message and the bandwidth size. The occupied target BWP implements the scheduling or transmission of traffic channels and/or reference signals.
图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一,如图15所示,该处理装置1500包括:Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the processing device 1500 includes:
确定模块1501,用于根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determining module 1501, configured to determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息。Optionally, the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, and a third frequency offset. value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
可选地,所述确定模块1501具体用于:Optionally, the determination module 1501 is specifically used to:
根据所述第一消息确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置;Determine the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal according to the first message;
根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述预设带宽大小,在所述参考带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分。The target bandwidth part is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the preset bandwidth size.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述确定模块1501还用于:Optionally, the first message includes an index, and the determining module 1501 is also used to:
根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。Optionally, the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;所述确定模块1501具体用于:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; the determination module 1501 is specifically used to:
根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述预设带宽大小)。Optionally, the N=Floor (size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size).
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments. The implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二,如图16所示,该处理装置1600包括;Figure 16 is a second structural schematic diagram of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, the processing device 1600 includes;
确定模块1601,用于根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determining module 1601, configured to determine the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal. The portion of the target bandwidth occupied;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小根据第一消息确定;和/或,所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息。Optionally, the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size are determined based on the first message; and/or the first message is a main system information block and/or a system message.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first message includes at least one of the following:
第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、所述指示信息。The first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value, the second starting resource block position, the second carrier offset value, the third frequency offset value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the indication information.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
可选地,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述确定模块1601还用于:Optionally, the first message includes an index, and the determining module 1601 is also used to:
根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
可选地,所述确定模块1601具体用于:Optionally, the determination module 1601 is specifically used to:
响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与物理下行控制信道的时域位置相同,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第一带宽部分上确定所述业务信道所占用的目标带宽部分;和/或,In response to the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal being the same as the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, on the first bandwidth part Determine the portion of the target bandwidth occupied by the traffic channel; and/or,
响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与所述物理下行控制信道的时域位置之间存在时延,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第二带宽部分上确定所述业务信道所占用的目标带宽部分。In response to the existence of a delay between the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal and the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, A target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel is determined on the second bandwidth portion.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述带宽大小;所述确定模块1601具体用于:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the bandwidth size; the determination module 1601 is specifically used to:
根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述带宽大小)。Optionally, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the bandwidth size).
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the kth candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts. ; Including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments. The implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图17为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三,如图17所示,该处理装置1700包括:Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram three of a processing device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the processing device 1700 includes:
发送模块1701,用于发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示业务信道和/或参考信号在参考带宽部分上的频域起始位置;Sending module 1701, configured to send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波。Optionally, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, which includes at least one carrier.
可选地,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Optionally, a bandwidth portion of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
可选地,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, include at least one of the following:
所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息;The first message is a main system information block and/or system message;
所述系统消息中包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块;The system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks;
所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息。The first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, a third frequency offset value, the Refer to the bandwidth section for size and indication information.
可选地,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, include at least one of the following:
所述带宽部分的大小大于或等于等于所述预设带宽大小;The size of the bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size;
所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。The time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
可选地,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:Optionally, the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
可选地,所述第一消息中还包括索引,所述索引以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔用于指示所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。Optionally, the first message also includes an index, and the index and the subcarrier interval between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part are used to indicate the first frequency offset value and/or the third frequency offset value. 2. Frequency offset value.
可选地,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;其中:Optionally, the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; wherein:
所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;The indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the k-th candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
可选地,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述预设带宽大小),所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数。Optionally, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size), and the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N.
可选地,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个;包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, including at least one of the following:
所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
可选地,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Optionally, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, and the M is a positive integer, so L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The processing device provided by the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the above method embodiments. The implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。如图18所示,本实施例所述的通信设备180可以是前述方法实施例中提到的终端设备(或者可用于终端设备的部件)或者网络设备(或者可用于网络设备的部件)。通信设备180可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法,具体参见上述方法实施例中的说明。Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, the communication device 180 in this embodiment can be the terminal device (or a component that can be used for the terminal device) or a network device (or a component that can be used for the network device) mentioned in the previous method embodiment. The communication device 180 may be used to implement the method corresponding to the terminal device or network device described in the above method embodiment. For details, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
通信设备180可以包括一个或多个处理器181,该处理器181也可以称为处理单元,可以实现一定的控制或者处理功能。处理器181可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 180 may include one or more processors 181, which may also be called a processing unit, and may implement certain control or processing functions. The processor 181 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control communication equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
可选地,处理器181也可以存有指令183或者数据(例如中间数据)。可选地,指令183可以被处理器181运行,使得通信设备180执行上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法。Optionally, the processor 181 may also store instructions 183 or data (eg, intermediate data). Optionally, the instruction 183 may be executed by the processor 181, so that the communication device 180 performs the method corresponding to the terminal device or network device described in the above method embodiment.
可选地,通信设备180可以包括电路,该电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。Optionally, the communication device 180 may include a circuit, which may implement the functions of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
可选地,通信设备180中可以包括一个或多个存储器182,其上可以存有指令184,该指令可在处理器181上被运行,使得通信设备180执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Optionally, the communication device 180 may include one or more memories 182, on which instructions 184 may be stored, which instructions may be executed on the processor 181, so that the communication device 180 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
可选地,存储器182中也可以是存储有数据。处理器181和存储器182可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 182 . The processor 181 and the memory 182 can be provided separately or integrated together.
可选地,通信设备180还可以包括收发器185和/或天线186。处理器181可以称为处理单元,对通信设备180(终端设备或核心网设备或者无线接入网设备)进行控制。收发器185可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,用于实现通信设备180的收发功能。Optionally, communication device 180 may also include a transceiver 185 and/or an antenna 186. The processor 181 may be called a processing unit and controls the communication device 180 (terminal device or core network device or radio access network device). The transceiver 185 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, etc., and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 180 .
可选地,处理器181和收发器185的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the specific implementation process of the processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can be referred to the relevant descriptions of the above embodiments, and will not be described again here.
可选地,处理器181和收发器185的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the specific implementation process of the processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can be referred to the relevant descriptions of the above embodiments, and will not be described again here.
本申请中描述的处理器181和收发器185可实现在IC(Integrated Circuit,集成电路)、 模拟集成电路、RFIC(Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit,射频集成电路)、混合信号集成电路、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,专用集成电路)、PCB(Printed Circuit Board,印刷电路板)、电子设备等上。该处理器181和收发器185也可以用各种集成电路工艺技术来制造,例如CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,互补金属氧化物半导体)、NMOS(N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor,N型金属氧化物半导体)、PMOS(Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor,P型金属氧化物半导体)、BJT(Bipolar Junction Transistor,双极结型晶体管)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。The processor 181 and transceiver 185 described in this application can be implemented in IC (Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit), analog integrated circuit, RFIC (Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit, radio frequency integrated circuit), mixed signal integrated circuit, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, application specific integrated circuit), PCB (Printed Circuit Board, printed circuit board), electronic equipment, etc. The processor 181 and the transceiver 185 can also be manufactured using various integrated circuit process technologies, such as CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor), NMOS (N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor, N-type metal oxide semiconductor) ), PMOS (Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, P-type metal oxide semiconductor), BJT (Bipolar Junction Transistor, bipolar junction transistor), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs) wait.
本申请中,通信设备可以为终端设备,也可以为网络设备(如基站),具体需要根据上下文来加以确定,另外,终端设备可以以各种形式来实施。例如,本申请中描述的终端设备可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player,PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等移动终端,以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端。In this application, the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device (such as a base station). The specific needs are determined according to the context. In addition, the terminal device may be implemented in various forms. For example, the terminal devices described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
虽然在以上的实施例描述中,通信设备以终端设备或者网络设备为例来描述,但本申请中描述的通信设备的范围并不限于上述终端设备或网络设备,而且通信设备的结构可以不受图18的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。Although in the above description of the embodiments, the communication device is described by taking a terminal device or a network device as an example, the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to the above-mentioned terminal device or network device, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited to Limitations of Figure 18. The communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括:如上任一方法实施例中的终端设备;以及,如上任一方法实施例中的网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a terminal device as in any of the above method embodiments; and a network device as in any of the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,终端设备包括:存储器、处理器;其中,存储器上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device. The terminal device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein a computer program is stored on the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,网络设备包括:存储器、处理器;其中,存储器上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device. The network device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein a computer program is stored on the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. A computer program is stored on the storage medium. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
在本申请实施例提供的终端设备、网络设备和计算机可读存储介质的实施例中,可以包含任一上述处理方法实施例的全部技术特征,说明书拓展和解释内容与上述方法的各实施例基本相同,在此不做再赘述。In the embodiments of terminal equipment, network equipment and computer-readable storage media provided by the embodiments of this application, all technical features of any of the above-mentioned processing method embodiments can be included. The expanded and explanatory content of the description is basically the same as that of each embodiment of the above-mentioned method. They are the same and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods in the above various possible implementations.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括存储器和处理器,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片的设备执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, which includes a memory and a processor. The memory is used to store a computer program. The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the above various possible implementations. Methods.
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述,不代表实施例的优劣。The above serial numbers of the embodiments of the present application are only for description and do not represent the advantages or disadvantages of the embodiments.
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。The steps in the methods of the embodiments of this application can be sequence adjusted, combined, and deleted according to actual needs.
本申请实施例设备中的单元可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。The units in the equipment of the embodiments of this application can be merged, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.
在本申请中,对于相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述,一般只在第一次出现时进行详细描述,后面再重复出现时,为了简洁,一般未再重复阐述,在理解本申请技术方案等内容时,对于在后未详细描述的相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述等,可以参考其之前的相关详细描述。In this application, the same or similar terms, concepts, technical solutions and/or application scenario descriptions are generally only described in detail the first time they appear. When they appear again later, for the sake of simplicity, they are generally not described again. When understanding the technical solutions and other content of this application, for the same or similar term concepts, technical solutions and/or application scenario descriptions that are not described in detail later, you can refer to the relevant previous detailed descriptions.
在本申请中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述或记载的部分,可以参见其它实施例的相关描述。In this application, each embodiment is described with its own emphasis. For parts that are not detailed or recorded in a certain embodiment, please refer to the relevant descriptions of other embodiments.
本申请技术方案的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本申请记载的范围。The technical features of the technical solution of the present application can be combined in any way. In order to simplify the description, all possible combinations of the technical features in the above embodiments are not described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, all possible combinations can be used. It should be considered to be within the scope of description in this application.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在如上的一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,被控终端,或者网络设备等)执行本申请每个实施例的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in one of the above storage media (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, a controlled terminal, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method of each embodiment of the present application.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当 使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络,或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、存储盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD),或者半导体介质(例如固态存储盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, storage disks, tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例,并非因此限制本申请的专利范围,凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换,或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域,均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。The above are only preferred embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the patent scope of the present application. Any equivalent structure or equivalent process transformation made using the contents of the description and drawings of the present application may be directly or indirectly used in other related technical fields. , are all equally included in the patent protection scope of this application.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A processing method, characterized by including:
    根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determine the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size;
    其中,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Wherein, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, the system bandwidth includes at least one carrier, and the bandwidth part of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, third frequency offset value, size of the reference bandwidth part, and indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that it includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息;The first message is a main system information block and/or system message;
    所述系统消息包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块。The system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size includes:
    根据所述第一消息确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置;Determine the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal according to the first message;
    根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述预设带宽大小,在所述参考带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分。The target bandwidth part is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the preset bandwidth size.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
    第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
    第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
    第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein the first message includes an index, and the method further includes:
    根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  7. 根据权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, characterized in that the time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined according to a delay parameter.
  8. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;所述根据第一消息和预设带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定业务信道和/或参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, characterized in that the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size. ; Determining the target bandwidth portion occupied by the business channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth portion according to the first message and the preset bandwidth size, including:
    根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
    其中,所述N=Floor(S/M),其中所述S为所述参考带宽部分的大小,所述M为所述预设带宽大小。Wherein, the N=Floor(S/M), where the S is the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the M is the preset bandwidth size.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the N candidate bandwidth parts. The kth candidate bandwidth part in; includes at least one of the following:
    所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    其中,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Wherein, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, the M is a positive integer, and the L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  10. 一种处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A processing method, characterized by including:
    根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分;Determine the target bandwidth part occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or reference signal;
    其中,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Wherein, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, the system bandwidth includes at least one carrier, and the bandwidth part of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小根据第一消息确定;和/或所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息。The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size are determined according to a first message; and/or the first message is a main system information block and/or system information.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、所述指示信息。The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, third frequency offset value, the size of the reference bandwidth part, and the indication information.
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
    第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
    第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
    第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中包括索引,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first message includes an index, and the method further includes:
    根据所述索引,以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔,确定所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The first frequency offset value and/or the second frequency offset value are determined according to the index and the subcarrier spacing between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part.
  15. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置和/或带宽大小,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that the service is determined on the reference bandwidth part according to the frequency domain starting position and/or bandwidth size of the service channel and/or the reference signal. The portion of the target bandwidth occupied by the channel and/or the reference signal includes:
    响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与物理下行控制信道的时域位置相同,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第一带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分;和/或,In response to the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal being the same as the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, on the first bandwidth part determining said target bandwidth portion; and/or,
    响应于所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的时域位置与所述物理下行控制信道的时域位置之间存在时延,根据所述频域起始位置和/或所述带宽大小,在第二带宽部分上确定所述目标带宽部分。In response to the existence of a delay between the time domain position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal and the time domain position of the physical downlink control channel, according to the frequency domain starting position and/or the bandwidth size, The target bandwidth portion is determined over a second bandwidth portion.
  16. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述带宽大小;所述根据业务信道和/或参考信号的频域起始位置、带宽大小、指示信息中的至少一项,在参考带宽部分上确定所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号所占用的目标带宽部分,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each of the candidate bandwidth parts is the bandwidth size; Determine the target bandwidth part occupied by the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part according to at least one of the frequency domain starting position, bandwidth size, and indication information of the traffic channel and/or reference signal. ,include:
    根据所述指示信息,在所述N个待选带宽部分中确定所述目标带宽部分;According to the indication information, determine the target bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
    其中,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述带宽大小)。Wherein, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the bandwidth size).
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个,所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 16, characterized in that the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M, and the indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the N candidate bandwidth parts. The kth candidate bandwidth part in; includes at least one of the following:
    所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    其中,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Wherein, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, the M is a positive integer, and the L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  18. 一种处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A processing method, characterized by including:
    发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示业务信道和/或参考信号在参考带宽部分上的频域起始位置;Send a first message, the first message being used to indicate the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal on the reference bandwidth part;
    其中,所述参考带宽部分为系统带宽上的一个载波的带宽部分,所述系统带宽上包括至少一个载波,所述至少一个载波中至少存在一个载波的带宽部分处于未激活状态。Wherein, the reference bandwidth part is the bandwidth part of a carrier on the system bandwidth, the system bandwidth includes at least one carrier, and the bandwidth part of at least one carrier among the at least one carrier is in an inactive state.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that it includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一消息为主系统信息块和/或系统消息;The first message is a main system information block and/or system message;
    所述系统消息中包括无线资源控制消息和/或系统信息块;The system messages include radio resource control messages and/or system information blocks;
    所述第一消息中包括以下至少一项:第一起始资源块位置、第一载波偏移值、第二起始资源块位置、第二载波偏移值、第三频率偏移值、所述参考带宽部分的大小、指示信息;The first message includes at least one of the following: a first starting resource block position, a first carrier offset value, a second starting resource block position, a second carrier offset value, a third frequency offset value, the Reference the size and indication information of the bandwidth part;
    所述参考带宽部分的大小大于或等于等于预设带宽大小;The size of the reference bandwidth part is greater than or equal to the preset bandwidth size;
    所述参考带宽部分的时域位置根据时延参数确定。The time domain position of the reference bandwidth part is determined based on the delay parameter.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务信道和/或所述参考信号的频域起始位置为以下至少一项:The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that the frequency domain starting position of the traffic channel and/or the reference signal is at least one of the following:
    第一频域起始位置,所述第一频域起始位置为:从资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第一起始资源块位置、所述第一载波偏移值和所述第三频率偏移值之后的位置;A first frequency domain starting position, the first frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the first starting resource block position, the first carrier offset value and the The position after the third frequency offset value;
    第二频域起始位置,所述第二频域起始位置为:从所述资源网格的公共参考点开始,经过所述第二起始资源块位置和所述第二载波偏移值之后的位置;A second frequency domain starting position, the second frequency domain starting position is: starting from the common reference point of the resource grid, passing through the second starting resource block position and the second carrier offset value subsequent position;
    第三频域起始位置,所述第三频域起始位置为:从同步信号块的频域起始位置开始,经过第一频率偏移值和第二频率偏移值之后的位置。A third frequency domain starting position, which is a position starting from the frequency domain starting position of the synchronization signal block and passing through the first frequency offset value and the second frequency offset value.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括索引,所述索引以及所述同步信号块与所述参考带宽部分的子载波间隔用于指示所述第一频率偏移值和/或所述第二频率偏移值。The method according to claim 20, characterized in that the first message further includes an index, and the index and the subcarrier interval between the synchronization signal block and the reference bandwidth part are used to indicate the first frequency. offset value and/or the second frequency offset value.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考带宽部分上包括N个待选带宽部分,各所述待选带宽部分的大小均为所述预设带宽大小;其中:The method according to claim 19, characterized in that the reference bandwidth part includes N candidate bandwidth parts, and the size of each candidate bandwidth part is the preset bandwidth size; wherein:
    所述指示信息指示所述目标带宽部分为所述N个待选带宽部分中的第k个待选带宽部分;The indication information indicates that the target bandwidth part is the k-th candidate bandwidth part among the N candidate bandwidth parts;
    其中,所述N=Floor(参考带宽部分的大小/所述预设带宽大小),所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数。Wherein, the N=Floor (the size of the reference bandwidth part/the preset bandwidth size), and the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,各所述待选带宽部分包括的资源块的数量均为M个;包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the number of resource blocks included in each of the candidate bandwidth parts is M; including at least one of the following:
    所述目标带宽部分为所述参考带宽部分中第L+(k-1)*M+1个资源块至第L+k*M对应的带宽部分;The target bandwidth part is the bandwidth part corresponding to the L+(k-1)*M+1th resource block to the L+k*Mth resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    所述目标带宽部分包括所述参考带宽部分中的第L+k+N*i个资源块;The target bandwidth part includes the L+k+N*ith resource block in the reference bandwidth part;
    其中,所述k为大于或等于1且小于或等于所述N的正整数,所述i依次为0、1、2、...、M-1,所述M为正整数,所述L为所述参考带宽部分的下边缘至第1个待选带宽部分之间包括的资源块的数量。Wherein, the k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, the i is 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 in sequence, the M is a positive integer, and the L is the number of resource blocks included between the lower edge of the reference bandwidth part and the first candidate bandwidth part.
  24. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器;A communication device, characterized by including: a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储程序指令;The memory is used to store program instructions;
    所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序指令以执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的处理方法。The processor is configured to call program instructions in the memory to execute the processing method according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被执行时,实现如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的处理方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the storage medium. When the computer program is executed, the processing method according to any one of claims 1 to 23 is implemented.
PCT/CN2022/095340 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 Processing method, communication device, and storage medium WO2023225959A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/095340 WO2023225959A1 (en) 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 Processing method, communication device, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/095340 WO2023225959A1 (en) 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 Processing method, communication device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023225959A1 true WO2023225959A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Family

ID=88918152

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/095340 WO2023225959A1 (en) 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 Processing method, communication device, and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023225959A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190357238A1 (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Cross-Carrier Scheduling with Multiple Active Bandwidth Parts
CN110786045A (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-02-11 韩国电子通信研究院 Bandwidth setting method for supporting wideband carrier in communication system
CN110875808A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 System information transmission method, network equipment and terminal
CN111491379A (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-08-04 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method, user equipment and network equipment
CN114363967A (en) * 2018-06-21 2022-04-15 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111491379A (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-08-04 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method, user equipment and network equipment
CN110786045A (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-02-11 韩国电子通信研究院 Bandwidth setting method for supporting wideband carrier in communication system
US20190357238A1 (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Cross-Carrier Scheduling with Multiple Active Bandwidth Parts
CN114363967A (en) * 2018-06-21 2022-04-15 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN110875808A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 System information transmission method, network equipment and terminal

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021008430A1 (en) Transmission method and communication device
WO2020038181A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink information and terminal
WO2023213257A1 (en) Data transmission method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2018201938A1 (en) Resource mapping method, network device and terminal device
WO2020057317A1 (en) Method for transmitting transmission instruction signal, network device, and terminal
WO2023088485A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, communication system and storage medium
WO2023082688A1 (en) Paging cycle updating method, communication device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2022206554A1 (en) Transmission direction determination method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2023221831A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2019242568A1 (en) Power distribution method and terminal
WO2023082603A1 (en) Reminding method, terminal device, network device and storage medium
WO2023225959A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2021147777A1 (en) Communication processing method and related device
CN113162738B (en) Uplink transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium
KR102591571B1 (en) PDSCH time domain resource distribution method, terminal and computer-readable storage medium
WO2024026652A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023230874A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024036613A1 (en) Processing methods, communication device and storage medium
WO2023115422A1 (en) Processing method, communication device and storage medium
WO2024020949A1 (en) Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023216036A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023221129A1 (en) Channel detection method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023066341A1 (en) Information configuration method and apparatus, and network-side device and terminal
EP4195804A1 (en) Processing method, communication device, communication system and storage medium
WO2024055251A1 (en) Control method, communication device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22943159

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1